Giga Tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation And Maintenance Manual ( 8541C 8542C) GIGAT_8542C GIGAT 8542C

G_8542B G_8542B

User Manual: GIGAT_8542C

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 265

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Manual Part Number:
Revision:
Print Date:

30280
J1
July 2001

Series 8540C
Universal Power Meters
Operation & Maintenance Manual

................................................................................................ Certified Product

ISO 9001 ...................................................................................Certified Process
Registrar: BSI, Certification No. FM 34226
Registered 04 June 1996
Amended on 01 March 2000

Giga-tronics Incorporated
4650 Norris Canyon Road ❖ San Ramon, California 94583
925.328.4650 or 800.726.4442 ❖ 925.328.4700 (Fax)
800.444.2878 (Customer Service) ❖ 925.328.4702 (Fax)

www.gigatronics.com

All technical data and specifications in this manual are subject to change without prior notice and do
not represent a commitment on the part of Giga-tronics Incorporated.

Printed in the USA

WARRANTY
Giga-tronics Series 8540C instruments are
warranted against defective materials and
workmanship for one years from date of shipment.
Giga-tronics will at its option repair or replace
products that are proven defective during the
warranty period. This warranty DOES NOT cover
damage resulting from improper use, nor
workmanship other than Giga-tronics service.
There is no implied warranty of fitness for a
particular purpose, nor is Giga-tronics liable for any
consequential damages. Specification and price
change privileges are reserved by Giga-tronics.

Model Numbers
The series 8540C has two model numbers: The single-channel Model 8541C and the dual-channel Model
8542C. Apart from the number of sensors they support, the two models are identical. Both models are referred
to in this manual by the general term 8540C, except where it is necessary to make a distinction between the
models.

Application of Council Directive(s)

Standard(s) to which Conformity is Declared:
89/336/EEC and 73/23/EEC
EN50081-1 (1992)
EN61010-1 (1993)

EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive
EMC – Emissions
Electrical Safety

Manufacturer’s Name:

Manufacturer’s Address:

Giga-tronics Incorporated

4650 Norris Canyon Road
San Ramon, California 94583
USA

Type of Equipment:

Model Series Number:

Universal Power Meter

8540C

Model Number(s) in Series:
8541B
8542B
8541C
8542C
With Sensor Series 803XXA, 804XXA, 806XXA
I, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to
the above Directive(s) and Standard(s).

Thomas A. Kramer
(Full Name)

Director of Quality Assurance
(Position)

(Signature)

San Ramon, California
(Place)

October 30, 1999
(Date)

QUF06001

10/30/99

Table of Contents
About This Manual ...................................................................................................... xi
Conventions .............................................................................................................. xiii
Record of Manual Changes ......................................................................................... xv
Special Configurations ...............................................................................................xvii

1
Introduction
1.1

Description....................................................................................................1-1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.9
1.1.10
1.1.11
1.1.12
1.1.13

1.2

Safety Precautions ........................................................................................1-4
1.2.1
1.2.2

1.3

Features .......................................................................................1-1
Performance Characteristics .........................................................1-2
Weight and Dimensions ...............................................................1-2
Power Requirements ....................................................................1-2
Environmental Requirements ........................................................1-2
Items Furnished ............................................................................1-2
Items Required .............................................................................1-2
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................1-2
Cooling .........................................................................................1-2
Cleaning .......................................................................................1-3
Installation and Preparation for Use ..............................................1-3
Receiving Inspection .....................................................................1-3
Preparation for Reshipment ..........................................................1-3

Line Voltage and Fuse Selection ...................................................1-4
Power Sensor Precautions ............................................................1-5

8540C System Specifications ........................................................................1-6
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
1.3.6
1.3.7
1.3.8
1.3.9
1.3.10
1.3.11
1.3.12

Power Meter .................................................................................1-6
Accuracy ......................................................................................1-6
Uncertainty Due to Instrument Linearity & Zero Set vs. Noise .......1-7
Measurement Rates .....................................................................1-7
Remote Operation .........................................................................1-8
Fast Buffered Mode Controls ........................................................1-8
Meter Function .............................................................................1-8
Remote Inputs/Outputs .................................................................1-8
General Specifications ..................................................................1-9
Accessories Included ....................................................................1-9
Options ........................................................................................1-9
Power Sensors .............................................................................1-9

2
Front Panel Operation
2.1

Introduction ..................................................................................................2-1

2.2

The Front Panel .............................................................................................2-1
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6

2.3

Calibrator ......................................................................................2-2
Display Window ...........................................................................2-2
LEDs .............................................................................................2-2
Power ...........................................................................................2-2
Front Panel Keys ...........................................................................2-2
Sensor Inputs ...............................................................................2-4

The Rear Panel ..............................................................................................2-5
2.3.1

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Inputs & Outputs ..........................................................................2-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.4

Configuring the 8540C ..................................................................................2-6
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3

2.5

The Submenus ............................................................................................2-10
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
2.5.5
2.5.6
2.5.7

2.6

How the Menus Work ..................................................................2-6
Menu Structure ............................................................................2-7
Password Protection .....................................................................2-9

A, B, A/B, ..., Off .........................................................................2-10
Meas Setup ................................................................................2-10
Sensor Setup ..............................................................................2-12
RF Power On/Off .........................................................................2-13
Config .........................................................................................2-13
Service ........................................................................................2-14
Save Setup .................................................................................2-14

Measurement Guide ....................................................................................2-15
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
2.6.5
2.6.6
2.6.7
2.6.8
2.6.9
2.6.10
2.6.11
2.6.12
2.6.13
2.6.14
2.6.15
2.6.16
2.6.17
2.6.18
2.6.19
2.6.20
2.6.21
2.6.22
2.6.23

Using the Power Sweep Calibrator .............................................2-15
806XX Sensor Operation .............................................................2-15
Sensor Calibration ......................................................................2-15
Zeroing at Low Power Levels ......................................................2-16
2.6.4.1
Low Level Performance Check................................... 2-16
Measuring Source Output Power ................................................2-17
Using the Peaking Meter .............................................................2-18
High Power Level Measurements ...............................................2-18
Modulated Measurement Modes ................................................2-18
Measurement Collection Modes .................................................2-21
Mode Restrictions .......................................................................2-23
When to use CW, MAP and BAP ................................................2-23
Multi-Tone Tests ........................................................................2-23
Peak Hold ...................................................................................2-24
Crest Factor ................................................................................2-25
Burst Signal Measurements .......................................................2-26
Burst Start Exclude, Burst End Exclude ......................................2-27
Burst Dropout .............................................................................2-28
Optimizing Measurement Speed .................................................2-29
Peak Power Measurements ........................................................2-30
Measuring an Attenuator (Single Channel Method) ....................2-30
Improving Accuracy ....................................................................2-31
Performance Verification .............................................................2-32
Sources of Error ..........................................................................2-33

3
Remote Operation
3.1

Introduction...................................................................................................3-1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.1.6
3.1.7
3.1.8
3.1.9

3.2

Command Syntax..........................................................................................3-5
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6

Sending Commands to the 8540C ................................................3-1
Clear Device ..................................................................................3-2
Clear Interface ..............................................................................3-2
Local and Remote Control .............................................................3-2
Sensor Selection and Calibration ..................................................3-2
Polling ..........................................................................................3-3
Data Output Formats (Standard Measurement Collection Mode) ..3-4
Data Output Formats (Fast Measurement Collection Modes) ........3-4
Power-On Default Conditions .......................................................3-4

Functions .....................................................................................3-5
Prefixes ........................................................................................3-5
Variables .......................................................................................3-6
Suffixes ........................................................................................3-6
Separators ....................................................................................3-7
Command Format Illustrations ......................................................3-7

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Preface
3.3

Series 8540C Command Codes .....................................................................3-8
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5

3.4

Analog Output.............................................................................................3-16
3.4.1
3.4.2

3.5

IEEE 488.2 Common Commands ..................................................3-8
8540C Function Codes .................................................................3-9
HP437 Emulation GPIB Command Set ........................................3-11
HP438 Emulation GPIB Command Set ........................................3-13
HP436 Emulation GBIP Command Set ........................................3-15

Standard Output .........................................................................3-16
Optional Speed Count .................................................................3-17

Averaging....................................................................................................3-18
3.5.1
3.5.2

Auto Averaging ..........................................................................3-18
Manual Averaging ......................................................................3-19

3.6

Cal Factors ..................................................................................................3-20

3.7

Calibration...................................................................................................3-21

3.8

Calibrator Source.........................................................................................3-22

3.9

Crest Factor.................................................................................................3-23
3.9.1
3.9.2

Enabling the Crest Factor Feature ...............................................3-23
Reading the Crest Factor Value ...................................................3-23

3.10

Display Control............................................................................................3-24

3.11

Duty Cycle Commands ................................................................................3-25
3.11.1
3.11.2
3.11.3

Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle ......................................3-25
Specifying a Duty Cycle ..............................................................3-25
Reading Duty Cycle Status .........................................................3-25

3.12

EEPROM .....................................................................................................3-26

3.13

Frequency ...................................................................................................3-27

3.14

Instrument Identification .............................................................................3-28

3.15

Learn Modes ...............................................................................................3-29
3.15.1
3.15.2

3.16

Limits ..........................................................................................................3-32
3.16.1
3.16.2
3.16.3

3.17

Setting Limits .............................................................................3-32
Activating Limits .........................................................................3-32
Measuring with Limits ................................................................3-33

Measurement Collection Modes (Standard) .................................................3-34
3.17.1
3.17.2

3.18

Learn Mode #1 ...........................................................................3-30
Learn Mode #2 ...........................................................................3-31

Measurement Triggering ............................................................3-34
Group Execute Trigger ................................................................3-35

Measurement Collection Modes (Fast) ........................................................3-36
3.18.1
3.18.2
3.18.3
3.18.4
3.18.5

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

General .......................................................................................3-36
Data Output Formats for Fast Modes .........................................3-38
Fast Buffered Mode ....................................................................3-39
Swift Mode .................................................................................3-41
Fast Modulated Mode ................................................................3-43

iii

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.19

Measurement Mode Commands .................................................................3-44
3.19.1
3.19.2
3.19.3
3.19.4
3.19.5
3.19.6

3.20

Advanced Features......................................................................................3-47
3.20.1
3.20.2
3.20.3

3.21

Enabling the Peak Hold Feature ..................................................3-53
Reading the Peak Hold Value ......................................................3-53

Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) .........................................3-54
3.24.1
3.24.2
3.24.3
3.24.4

Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level ...................................3-54
Setting the Delay ........................................................................3-54
Setting the Delay Offset ..............................................................3-55
Reading Values ...........................................................................3-55

3.25

Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A Series) .........................................3-56

3.26

Preset..........................................................................................................3-57

3.27

Relative Measurements ...............................................................................3-58

3.28

Resolution ...................................................................................................3-59

3.29

Sensor Selection..........................................................................................3-59

3.30

Status .........................................................................................................3-60
3.30.1
3.30.2
3.30.3

3.31

Status Byte Message ..................................................................3-60
Event Status Register .................................................................3-61
Status Message ..........................................................................3-62

Store and Recall ..........................................................................................3-66
3.31.1
3.31.2

Saving a Configuration ...............................................................3-66
Retrieving a Configuration ..........................................................3-66

3.32

Units ...........................................................................................................3-67

3.33

VPROPF Feature............................................................................................3-68
3.33.1
3.33.2

3.34

Enabling/Disabling an Offset .......................................................3-51
Setting an Offset Value ...............................................................3-51
Measured Offset Entry ................................................................3-52

Peak Hold....................................................................................................3-53
3.23.1
3.23.2

3.24

Enabling the Min/Max Feature ....................................................3-49
Reading the Min/Max Values ......................................................3-49

Offset Commands .......................................................................................3-51
3.22.1
3.22.2
3.22.3

3.23

Burst Start Exclude .....................................................................3-47
Burst End Exclude ......................................................................3-47
Burst Dropout Tolerance .............................................................3-48

Min/Max Power Value .................................................................................3-49
3.21.1
3.21.2

3.22

CW Mode ...................................................................................3-44
MAP Mode .................................................................................3-44
PAP Mode ..................................................................................3-45
BAP Mode ..................................................................................3-45
Peak Mode .................................................................................3-45
Measurement Mode Query .........................................................3-46

Enabling & Disabling VPROPF ......................................................3-68
Configuring VPROPF .....................................................................3-68

Zeroing........................................................................................................3-69

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Preface
4
Theory of Operation
4.1

General..........................................................................................................4-1

4.2

CPU PC Board (A1)........................................................................................4-2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3

4.3

Analog PC Board (A2)....................................................................................4-5
4.3.1
4.3.2

4.4

Circuit Description ........................................................................4-5
Analog Board Control Lines ..........................................................4-7

Calibrator Module..........................................................................................4-9
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.6
4.4.7
4.4.8
4.4.9

4.5

Power Supply ...............................................................................4-2
Battery Back-Up ...........................................................................4-2
Circuit Description ........................................................................4-3

General .......................................................................................4-10
50 MHz Oscillator .......................................................................4-10
RF Output ...................................................................................4-11
Oven ...........................................................................................4-11
Thermistor Bridge .......................................................................4-11
Track & Hold and DAC ................................................................4-11
Correction Thermistor Circuit ......................................................4-11
Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit ...............................................4-12
Digital Control Circuit .................................................................4-12

Front Panel PC Assembly (A3).....................................................................4-13

5
Calibration & Testing
5.1

Introduction ..................................................................................................5-1

5.2

Calibration Procedure ....................................................................................5-1
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6

5.3

Equipment Required .....................................................................5-1
Calibrator Output Power ...............................................................5-2
Power Supply Voltage Checks ......................................................5-3
Calibrator Voltages .......................................................................5-4
Calibrator Frequency Check ..........................................................5-4
GPIB Test Functions .....................................................................5-4

Performance Verification Tests ......................................................................5-6
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4

Equipment Required .....................................................................5-6
Calibrator Output Power Reference Level ......................................5-7
Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity .......................................5-9
GPIB Port Check .........................................................................5-11

6
Maintenance
6.1

Periodic Maintenance ....................................................................................6-1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3

6.2

Testing & Calibration ....................................................................6-1
Cleaning .......................................................................................6-1
Lithium Battery .............................................................................6-1

Troubleshooting ............................................................................................6-3
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

General Failure .............................................................................6-3
Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C ..........................................6-3
Functional Failures .......................................................................6-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7
Parts Lists
7.1

Introduction...................................................................................................7-1

7.2

Parts Lists for Series 8540C Universal Power Meters ....................................7-1
8541C SINGLE CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C .................................. 7-1
30160 8541C CHASSIS ASSY, Rev. L ..................................................... 7-2
21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541C, Rev. B ........................................... 7-3
8542C DUAL CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C..................................... 7-3
30172 CHASSIS ASSY, 8542C, Rev. M................................................... 7-4
21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B, Rev. C (A1) .................................... 7-5
21693 CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1) ............................................. 7-5
21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1)................................ 7-6
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)......................................... 7-9
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)....................................... 7-22
21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY, Rev. C (A3)....................................... 7-38
21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY, Rev. B (A4)................................................ 7-38

7.3

List of Manufacturers ..................................................................................7-39

8.1

Introduction...................................................................................................8-1

8.2

Applicability ..................................................................................................8-1

8
Diagrams

8540C Series Power Meter, DWG 30161, Rev. B ......................................... 8-3
8542C Chassis Assy., DWG 30172, Rev. M ................................................ 8-5
CPU PC Assy. (A1), DWG 21693, Rev. J ...................................................... 8-8
CPU Circuit Schematic (A1), DWG 21694, Rev. J ........................................ 8-9
Analog PC Assy. (A2), DWG 30173, Rev. S ............................................... 8-12
Analog Circuit Schematic (A2), DWG 30165, Rev. R .................................. 8-14
Front Panel PC Assy. (A3), DWG 21229, Rev. C ........................................ 8-20
Front Panel Circuit Schematic (A3), DWG 21230, Rev. C ........................... 8-21
Option 06 (8542C) System Schematic, DWG 30535, Rev. B ...................... 8-22
Option 06 PC Board Assy., DWG 21387, Rev. B ........................................ 8-23
Option 06 Circuit Schematic, DWG 21388, Rev. A ..................................... 8-24
Option 11 (Series 8540C) System Schematic, DWG 30485, Rev. B ........... 8-25
Time Gate Measurement PC Assy. (Option 11), DWG 30442, Rev. B ......... 8-26
Time Gate Measurement Circuit Schm. (Opt. 11), DWG 30443, Rev. B ...... 8-27

A
Typical Applications Programs

A.1

Continuous Data Reading............................................................................. A-1

A.2

Remote Calibration of a Sensor..................................................................... A-1

A.3

Speed Tests: Normal and Swift .................................................................... A-2

A.4

Swift Demo 1: FREERUN ............................................................................. A-4

A.5

Swift Demo 2: GET...................................................................................... A-5

A.6

Fast Buffered Demo: POST GET .................................................................. A-6

A.7

Fast Buffered Demo: POST TTL ................................................................... A-7

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Preface
B
Power Sensors
B.1

Introduction ................................................................................................. B-1

B.2

Power Sensor Selection................................................................................ B-1
B.2.1
B.2.2
B.2.3
B.2.4

B.3

Modulation Power Sensors ........................................................... B-2
Modulation Sensor Specifications ................................................. B-5
Peak Power Sensors ..................................................................... B-8
Directional Bridges...................................................................... B-10

Power Sensor Calibration ........................................................................... B-11
B.3.1
B.3.2

Local Calibration ......................................................................... B-11
Remote Calibration...................................................................... B-14

C
Options
C.1

Introduction ................................................................................................. C-1

C.2

Option 01: Rack Mount Kit ........................................................................... C-1

C.3

Option 02: 256K Buffer ................................................................................ C-2

C.4

Option 03: Rear Panel Connections (8541C) ................................................. C-2

C.5

Option 04: Rear Panel Connections (8542C) ................................................ C-2

C.6

Option 05: Soft Carrying Case ...................................................................... C-2

C.7

Option 06: Second Analog Output................................................................ C-3
C.7.1
C.7.2

Introduction .................................................................................. C-3
Theory of Operation ...................................................................... C-3

C.8

Option 07: Side-Mounted Carry Case ........................................................... C-6

C.9

Option 08: Transit Case................................................................................ C-6

C.10

Option 09: Dual Power Meter Rack Mount Kit.............................................. C-7

C.11

Option 10: Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack Mount................................. C-8

C.12

Option 11: Time Gating Measurement ......................................................... C-9
C.12.1
C.12.2
C.12.3
C.12.4
C.12.5
C.12.6

Description ................................................................................... C-9
Specifications................................................................................ C-9
Time Gating Menu ...................................................................... C-10
Time Gating Mode ...................................................................... C-11
Measurement Display ................................................................. C-14
GPIB Setup ................................................................................. C-14

C.13

Option 13: Rear Panel Sensor Connections (8541C) ................................... C-17

C.14

Option 14: Rear Panel Sensor Connections (8542C) ................................... C-17

Index
8540C Universal Power Meters Index.................................................................. Index-1

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

vii

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
List of Figures
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

viii

1-1:
1-2:
2-1:
2-2:
2-3:
2-4:
2-5:
2-6:
2-7:
2-8:
4-1:
4-2:
4-3:
4-4:
5-1:
5-2:
B-1:
B-2:
C-1:
C-2:
C-3:
C-4:

Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder .........................................................1-4
Uncertainty Due to Linearity & Zero Set ................................................1-7
8542C Front Panel ................................................................................2-1
8540C Rear Panel .................................................................................2-5
Burst Measurement ............................................................................2-20
Delay and Delay Offsets......................................................................2-22
Peak Hold ...........................................................................................2-24
Crest Factor ........................................................................................2-25
Burst Start Exclude & Burst End Exclude............................................2-27
Burst Dropout.....................................................................................2-28
CPU Block Diagram...............................................................................4-2
Analog PC Block Diagram .....................................................................4-5
Calibrator Internal Power Standard .......................................................4-9
Front Panel PC Assembly....................................................................4-13
Calibrator Output Test Setup ................................................................5-7
Power Linearity Test Setup ...................................................................5-9
80401A Modulation-Related Uncertainty ............................................ B-6
80601A Modulation-Related Uncertainty ............................................ B-7
Time Gating Option Menu Structure ................................................. C-10
External Gated Time Measurement................................................... C-11
External Trigger Gated Time Measurement....................................... C-13
GPIB Syntax for Time Gating Measurement...................................... C-14

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Preface
List of Tables
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table

1-1:
2-1:
3-1:
3-2:
3-3:
3-4:
3-5:
3-6:
3-7:
3-8:
3-9:
3-10:
3-11:
3-12:
3-13:
3-14:
3-15:
4-1:
5-1:
5-2:
5-3:
7-1:
B-1:
B-2:
B-3:
B-4:
B-5:
B-6:
C-1:

Collection Modes Measurement Rates................................................. 1-7
Configuration Menu Structure ............................................................. 2-7
Implemented IEEE Standards............................................................... 3-1
IEEE 488.2 Command Set .................................................................... 3-8
8540C Function Codes ........................................................................ 3-9
8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation ....................................... 3-11
8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation ....................................... 3-13
8540C Command Set for HP436 Emulation ....................................... 3-15
Measurement Setting Target Default Values...................................... 3-18
Numbering Averaging........................................................................ 3-19
Learn Mode #1 Output Format .......................................................... 3-30
Preset (Default) Conditions ................................................................ 3-57
Status Byte and Service Request Mark .............................................. 3-60
Event Status & Event Status Enable Register..................................... 3-61
Error Code Returned in Position AA ................................................... 3-63
Error Code Returned in Position aa .................................................... 3-64
Other Codes in the Status Message................................................... 3-65
8540C Circuit Board Assemblies.......................................................... 4-1
Equipment Required for Calibration ..................................................... 5-1
DC Power Supply Test Points .............................................................. 5-3
Equipment Required for Performance Testing ...................................... 5-6
List of Manufacturers ........................................................................ 7-39
Power Sensor Selection Guide ............................................................ B-2
Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties ............................................... B-4
804XXA Modulation Sensor Specifications ......................................... B-5
Peak Power Sensor Selection Guide .................................................... B-8
Peak Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties ....................................... B-9
Directional Bridge Selection Guide .................................................... B-10
Output Voltages .................................................................................. C-3

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

Manual 30280, Rev. J, August 2000

About This Manual
This manual contains the following chapters and appendices to describe the operation and
maintenance of Giga-tronics Series 8540C Universal Power Meters:
Preface:

In addition to a comprehensive Table of Contents and general information about the manual, the
Preface also contains a record of changes made to the manual since its publication, and a description
of Special Configurations. If you have ordered a user-specific manual, please refer to page xvii for a
description of the special configuration.
Chapter 1 – Introduction:

This chapter contains a brief introduction to the instrument and its performance parameters.
Chapter 2 – Front Panel Operation:

This chapter is a guide to the instrument’s front panel keys, display and configuration menus.
Chapter 3 – Remote Operation:

This chapter is a guide to the instrument’s GPIB remote control interface.
Chapter 4 – Theory of Operation:

This chapter provides an instrument block diagram level description and its circuits for maintenance
and applications.
Chapter 5 – Calibration & Testing:

This chapter provides procedures for inspection, calibration and performance testing.
Chapter 6 – Maintenance:

This chapter contains procedures for maintenance and troubleshooting.
Chapter 7 – Parts Lists:

This chapter lists all components and parts and their sources.
Chapter 8 – Diagrams:

This chapter contains schematics and parts placement diagrams for all circuits.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Appendix A - Sample Programs:

This appendix provides examples for controlling the 8540C remotely over the GPIB.
Appendix B – Power Sensors:

This appendix provides selection data, specifications and calibration procedures.
Appendix C - Options:

This appendix describes options available for the Series 8540C.
Index:

A comprehensive word index of the various elements of the 8540C manual.
Changes that occur after publication of the manual, and Special Configuration data will be inserted
as loose pages in the manual binder. Please insert and/or replace the indicated pages as detailed in the
Technical Publication Change Instructions included with new and replacement pages.

xii

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Conventions
The following conventions are used in this product manual. Additional conventions not included
here will be defined at the time of usage.
Warning

WARNING
The WARNING statement is enclosed in dashed lines and centered
in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or
maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected
or observed, could result in injury or death of personnel. An
example is the proximity of high voltage.
Caution

CAUTION
The CAUTION statement is enclosed with single lines and centered
in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or
maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected
or observed, could result in temporary or permanent damage to the
equipment, or loss of effectiveness.
Notes

☛

NOTE: A NOTE Highlights or amplifies an essential operating or maintenance
procedure, practice, condition or statement.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

xiii

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

Symbols
Block diagram symbols frequently used in the manual are illustrated below.
Course
Fine

STEP
ATTEN

YIG
MOD

Pulse
Modulator

YIG-Tuned
Oscillator

Mixer

Switch

PIN-Diode
Leveler

LOW
PASS

DAC

Digital to
Analog
Converter

Step
Attenuator

LVL

RF Level
Detector

Coupler

Fixed
Reference
Oscillator

Filter

VoltageControlled
Oscillator

DIV
N

Step-Recovery
Diode Multiplier

xiv

Digital
Data

Phase Lock
Loop

Frequency
Divider

Isolator

Amplifier

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Record of Manual Changes
This table is provided for your convenience to maintain a permanent record of manual change data.
Corrected replacement pages will be issued as Technical Publication Change Instructions, and will be
inserted at the front of the binder. Remove the corresponding old pages, insert the new pages, and
record the changes here.
Change
Instruction
Number

Change
Instruction
Date

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Date
Entered

Comments

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

xvi

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Special Configurations
When the accompanying product has been configured for user-specific application(s), supplemental
pages will be inserted at the front of the manual binder. Remove the indicated page(s) and replace it
(them) with the furnished Special Configuration supplemental page(s).

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

xvii

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

xviii

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

1
Introduction
1.1

Description
The Series 8540C is a digital-controlled, self-calibrating power meter. It can measure RF and
microwave signal power over a wide range of frequencies and levels in a variety of measurement modes.
They can be operated locally from the front panel or remotely over the General Purpose Interface Bus
(GPIB). See Section 1.3 for performance specifications.
The Series 8540C is available as the single-channel Model 8541C or the dual-channel Model 8542C,
which can simultaneously measure and display signal data for two channels.
The 8540C and the Series 80600 line of power sensors offer enhanced performance in the measurement
of complex modulation signals in the communication industry. The 8540C maintains all the
functionality of Giga-tronics 8540B power meters as well as compatibility with all existing power sensor
models.

1.1.1

Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

CW, modulated and peak power sensors
> 2000 readings/second in the Fast Buffered Mode (GPIB only)
90 dB dynamic range CW sensors
+0.5% linearity
True dual-channel display
HP 438A, 437B, and 436 native mode emulation (GPIB only)
EEPROM based CAL FACTOR correction sensors

•
•

Modulated Average Power (MAP) mode
Pulse Average Power (PAP) mode

•
•

Burst Average Power (BAP) mode
Wide modulation bandwidth – The 8540C is capable of accurately measuring signals with
modulation frequencies up to 1.5 MHz with the 80601A sensor
Dual-channel modulated measurements with the 8542C and 80400 or 80600 series power sensors
Time-gating (Option 11) allows you to specify a time period referenced to a rear panel trigger
during which power measurements are taken
Password protection against unauthorized changes in data stored in EEPROMs

•
•
•

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

1-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
1.1.2

Performance Characteristics
Performance specifications for models in the 8540C are presented in Section 1.3. Sensor specifications
are contained in Appendix B. Options are detailed in Appendix C.

1.1.3

Weight and Dimensions
Series 8540C instruments weigh 10 lbs. (nominal).
Dimensions are 3.5" high x 8.4" wide x 14.5" deep.

1.1.4

Power Requirements
100/120/220/240 Vac ±10%, 48-440 Hz, 20 W, typical. See Section 1.2.1 for details to set the voltage
and install the correct fuse for the area in which the instrument will be used.

1.1.5

Environmental Requirements
The Series 8540C instruments are type tested to MIL-T-28800E, Type III, Class 5 for Navy shipboard,
submarine and shore applications except as follows:
•
•
•
•

1.1.6

Operating temperature range is 0 °C to 50 °C (calibrator operating temperature range is 5 °C to
35 °C).
Non-operating (storage) temperature range is -40 °C to +70 °C.
Relative humidity is limited to 95% non-condensing.
Altitude and EMI requirements are not specified.

Items Furnished
In addition to options and/or accessories specifically ordered, items furnished with the instrument are:
1 ea. - Power Cord
1 ea. - Detachable Sensor Cable (for Model 8541C), or
2 ea. - Detachable Sensor Cables (for Model 8542C)
1 ea. - Operation Manual

1.1.7

Items Required
The 8540C requires an external power sensor; see Appendix B for Power Sensor Specifications.

1.1.8

Tools and Test Equipment
No special tools are required to operate the 8540C. Test equipment required for calibration or
performance verification is described in Chapter 4.

1.1.9

Cooling
No cooling is required if the instrument is operated within its specified operating temperature range
(0 to 50 ° C).

1-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Introduction
1.1.10

Cleaning
The front panel can be cleaned using a cloth dampened with a mild detergent; wipe off the detergent
residue with a damp cloth and dry with a dry cloth. Solvents and abrasive cleaners should not be used.

1.1.11

Installation and Preparation for Use
The instrument is shipped in an operational condition and no special installation procedures are
required.

1.1.12

Receiving Inspection
Use care in removing the instrument from the carton and check immediately for physical damage, such
as bent or broken connectors on the front and rear panels, dents or scratches on the panels, broken
extractor handles, etc. Check the shipping carton for evidence of physical damage and immediately
report any damage to the shipping carrier.
Each Giga-tronics instrument must pass rigorous inspections and tests prior to shipment. Upon receipt,
its performance should be verified to ensure that operation has not been impaired during shipment. The
performance verification procedure is described in Chapter 5 of this manual.

1.1.13

Preparation for Reshipment
Follow these instructions if it is necessary to return the product to the factory.
To protect the instrument during reshipment, use the best packaging materials available. If possible use
the original shipping container. If this is not possible, a strong carton or a wooden box should be used
Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic before placing it in the shipping container. Completely
fill the areas on all sides of the instrument with packaging material. Take extra precautions to protect
the front and rear panels.
FRAGILE —
Seal the package with strong tape or metal bands. Mark the outside of the package “FRAGILE
DELICATE INSTRUMENT”
INSTRUMENT . If corresponding with the factory or local Giga-tronics sales office
regarding reshipment, please reference the full model number and serial number. If the instrument is
being reshipped for repair, enclose all available pertinent data regarding the problem that has been
found.

NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact

Customer Service at 800.444.2878 or Fax at 925.328.4702 so that a return
☛ Giga-tronics
authorization number can be assigned. You can also contact Customer Service via our
e-mail address repairs@gigatronics.com.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

1-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

1.2

Safety Precautions
This instrument has a 3-wire power cord with a 3-terminal polarized plug for connection to the power
source and safety-ground. The ground (or safety ground) is connected to the chassis.

WARNING
If a 3-to-2 wire adapter is used, connect the ground lead from the
adapter to earth ground. Failure to do this can cause the instrument to float above earth ground, posing a shock hazard.
The 8540C is designed for international use with source voltages of 100, 120, 220, or 240 Vac, ±10% at
50 to 400 Hz. The 8540C uses an internationally approved connector that includes voltage selection,
fuse, and filter for RFI protection (see Figure 1-1).

CAUTION
The instrument can be damaged if connected to a source voltage
with the line voltage selector set incorrectly. Before connecting
the instrument to power, make sure that the line voltage selector
is set for the correct source voltage.

1.2.1

Line Voltage and Fuse Selection
The instrument is shipped in an operational condition and no special installation procedures are
required except to check and/or set the operating voltage and fuse selection as described in the
following.
When the instrument is shipped from the factory, it is set for a power line voltage (120 Vac for domestic
destinations). The power line fuse for this setting is 0.50 A Slo-Blo. If the source voltage is to be 220 to
240 Vac, the fuse must be changed to 0.35 A Slo-Blo (see Figure 1-1).

110
120

VOLTAGE
SELECTION
WHEEL
COVER

FUSE AND
FUSE HOLDER

AC POWER
INPUT

Figure 1-1: Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder

1-4

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Introduction
The voltage selector and fuse holder are both contained in the covered housing directly above the AC
power connector on the rear panel. To gain access to them, use a small screwdriver or similar tool to
snap open the cover and proceed as follows:
1. To change the voltage setting:
Use the same tool to remove the voltage selector (a small barrel-shaped component marked
with voltage settings). Rotate the selector so that the desired voltage faces outward and replace
the selector back in its slot. Close the housing cover; the appropriate voltage should be visible
through the window (see Figure 1-1).
2. To replace the fuse:
Pull out the small drawer on the right side of the housing (marked with an arrow) and remove
the old fuse. Replace with a new fuse, insert the drawer and close the housing cover
(see Figure 1-1).

1.2.2

Power Sensor Precautions
Power sensor safety precautions, selection, specifications, and calibration are detailed in Appendix B to
this manual.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

1-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

1.3

8540C System Specifications

1.3.1

Power Meter
Frequency Range:
Power Range:

10 MHz to 40 GHz1
-70 dBm to +47 dBm (100 pW to 50 Watt)1

Single Sensor
Dynamic Range:
CW Power Sensors:

90 dB1

Peak Power Sensors:

40 dB Peak, 50 dB CW

Modulation Sensors:

87 dB CW; 80 dB MAP/PAP; 60 dB BAP

Display Resolution:

1.3.2

User-selective from 1 dB to 0.001 dB in Log mode and from 1 to 4
digits of display resolution in Linear mode.

Accuracy
Calibrator

Power Sweep calibration signal to dynamically linearize the sensors

Frequency:

50 MHz nominal

Settability:

The 1 mW (0.0dBm) level in the Power Sweep Calibrator is factory set
to ±0.7% traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Measure with 15 seconds of setting calibrator to 0.0 dBm.

0.0dBm Accuracy:

±1.2% worst case for one year over a temperature range of 5 to 35 °C

Connector:
VSWR:

Type N, 50 Ω
<1.05 (Return Loss >33 dB)

System Linearity at 50 MHz
for Standard Sensors:

Temperature Coefficient of
Linearity:

±0.02 dB over any 20 dB range from -70 to +16 dBm
±0.02 dB ±0.05 dB/dB from +16 to +20 dBm
±0.04 dB from -70 to +16 dBm

<0.3%/ °C temperature change following Power Sweep
Calibration.
24-hour warm-up required.

Zeroing Accuracy (CW
(Standard Sensors):
Zero Set
Zero Drift
Noise

<±50 pW2 <±100 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series
Modulation Power Sensors
<±100 pW during 1 hour 2, 3
<±200 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Sensors
<±50 pW measured over any 1 minute interval. Three standard
deviations.2
<±100 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Sensors

Notes:
1.
2.

1-6

Depending on sensor used (see Power Sensor details in Appendix B).
Specifications applies at -50 dBm for 803XXA Standard sensors. When measuring power levels Po other than -50 dBm,
divide noise and zero specifications by (10 -Po/10)/(10-5). For other 80300 Series CW Sensors, specification applies at 20 dB
above the minimum specified reading level. For Peak Sensors, see Appendix B and the 80350A Series Peak Power Sensor
Data Sheet. Specified performance applies with Maximum averaging and 24 hour warm-up temperature vision <3 °C.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Introduction
3.

Zero Drift Measurement
a.
Set the meters Average to 512. Perform Calibration. Connect a 50-ohm load to the sensor after Calibration and
Zero meter.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

1.3.3

Temperature stabilize at 25 °C for 24 hours.
After the 24 hour stabilization at 25 °C, perform a Zero Drift test.
Zero meter and take an initial measurement reading.
Take one reading every 10 minutes until the one hour period elapses.
Plot the 6 readings, Zero Drift should be ±100pW.

Uncertainty Due to Instrument Linearity & Zero Set vs.
Noise
3

Typical Error (dB)

2
1
0
-1
-2

SENSORS

-3
80301A
80310A
80320A
80321A
80322A
80325A
80330A
80401A (CW)
80401A (MAP, PAP)
80401 (BAP)
80601 (CW)
80601 (MAP, PAP)
80601 (BAP)

-70
-64
-60
-50
-40
-40
-30
-67
-60
-40
-60
-55
-40

-60
-54
-50
-40
-30
-30
-20
-57
-50
-33
-50
-45
-33

-50
-44
-40
-30
-20
-20
-10
-47
-40
-27
-40
-35
-27

-40
-34
-30
-20
-10
-10
0
-37
-30
-21
-30
-25
-21

-30 -20 -10
-24 -14 -4
-20 -10
0
-10
0 10
0
0 20
0 10 20
10 20
-27 -17 -7
-20 -10
0
-15 -9 -33
-20
0 10
-15 -5
5
-15 -9 -33
Input (dBM)

0
6
10
20
20
30

10
16
20
30
40
40

3
10
9
20
15
9

13
20
15 20

20
26
30
40
44
50

Figure 1-2: Uncertainty Due to Linearity & Zero Set

1.3.4

Measurement Rates
Measurement speed increases significantly using the 8540C data storage capabilities. Storing data in the
power meter’s memory for later downloading to your controller reduces GPIB protocol overhead. Up to
128,000 readings can be buffered. Table 1-1 illustrates typical maximum measurement rates for different
measurement collection modes. The rate of measurement depends on several factors including the
controller speed and the number of averages. The Fast Buffered Mode speed does not include bus
communication time.
Table 1-1: Collection Modes Measurement Rates
Measurement
Collection Mode

Readings per Second
(CW Measurement)

Normal (TR3), Continuous Single Readings
Swift Mode, Continuous or
Buffered, Bus/TTL triggered
Swift Mode, Continuous or
Buffered, Free-run triggered
Fast Buffered Mode, Buffered Data, Time
Interval = 0
Fast Modulated Mode, Continuous Single
Readings

>30

Readings per Second
(MAP, PAP, BAP
Measurement)
15

>175

N/A

>200

N/A

2600

N/A

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

1-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Individual data points are read immediately after measurement in the Normal mode. The Normal mode
and the Swift mode both slow down at low power levels (<-37 dBm for Standard Sensors) to average the
effects of noise. The Swift mode allows triggering of individual data points and can store the data in the
8540C memory. The Fast Buffered mode also buffers measurement data. Measurement timing of
individual data points is controlled by setting the time interval (1 to 5000 ms) between the data points
following a trigger.

1.3.5

Remote Operation
GPIB Interface:
Interrupts:

1.3.6

Data Buffer Control:
Time Interval:

dB Rel and Offset:

Configuration Storage
Registers:
Power Requirements and
Display Configuration:

Pre- or Post-measurement data is collected immediately either before
or after receipt of the TTL or GPIB trigger.
TIME ### - controls time interval in milliseconds between
measurements. Accurate to 5%, typical.

User-selectable auto-averaging or manual, 1 to 512 readings.
Automatic noise compression in auto averaging mode.
Allows both relative readings and offset readings. Power Display can
be offset by -99.999 dB to +99.999 dB to account for external loss/
gain.

Allows up to 20 front panel setups plus a last instrument state at
power-down to be stored and recalled from non-volatile memory.
Any two of the following channel configurations simultaneously:
A, B, A/B, B/A, A-B, B-A, DLYA, DLYB (provided that neither
sensor is being used for MAP, BAP, PAP or BAP
measurements).

Remote Inputs/Outputs
VPROPF Input (BNC):

Corrects power readings for sensor frequency response using
sweeper voltage output. Input resistance = 50K. Does not operate in
the fast measurement collection modes (normal mode only).

Analog Output (BNC):

Provides an output voltage of 0 to 10V from either Channel A or
Channel B in either Log or Lin units. Does not operate in the swift and
fast measurement buffered modes.

Blanking Output (BNC):

TTL high during power meter zero. Can be used to shut off RF output
during sensor zero.

Trigger Input (BNC):
GPIB Interface:

1-8

TTL or GPIB

Meter Function
Averaging:

1.3.8

SRQs are generated for the following conditions:
Power Up, Front Panel key actuation, Operation Complete and Illegal
Command and instrument self-test error.

Fast Buffered Mode Controls
Trigger Source:

1.3.7

All front panel operations and some GPIB-only operations to be
remotely programmed in IEEE 488.2 or IEC-625 formats.

Accepts a TTL trigger input signal for swift and fast measurement
buffered modes.
Interfaces power meter to controller, IEEE 488.2 and IEC-625 remote
programming.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Introduction
1.3.9

General Specifications
Temperature Range:
Operating:
Storage:

Power Requirements:

0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
-40° to 70 °C (-40° to 158 °F)
100/120/220/240Vac ±10%, 48 to 440 Hz, 20 VA typical

Physical Characteristics:
Dimensions:
Weight:

1.3.10

4.55 kg (10 lbs)

Accessories Included
1 ea

8540C Operation Manual (P/N 31470)

1 ea

Power Cord

1 ea

Detachable Sensor Cable (for Model 8541C)
or
Detachable Sensor Cables (for Model 8542C)

2 ea

1.3.11

215 mm (8.4 in) wide, 89 mm (3.5 in) high, 368 mm (14.5 in) deep

Options
Refer to Appendix C for a full descriptions of options.

1.3.12

OPTION 01:

Rack Mount Kit.

OPTION 02:

Add 256K buffer for Fast Buffered Power Readings. Stores 128,000 readings.

OPTION 03:

8541C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor & Calibrator - Deletes front panel
connections)

OPTION 04:

8542C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor & Calibrator - Deletes front panel
connections)

OPTION 05:

Soft Carrying Case

OPTION 06:

Second Analog Output on 8542C (-10 V to +10 V)

OPTION 07:

Side Mounted Carrying Handle

OPTION 08:

Transit Case (includes Soft Carrying Case)

OPTION 09:

Dual Rack Mount Kit (with assembly instructions)

OPTION 10:

Dual Rack Mount Kit (factory assembled)

OPTION 11:

Time Gating Measurement

OPTION 13:

8541C Rear Panel Connection (Sensor only - Deletes front panel sensor connection)

OPTION 14:

8542C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor only - Deletes front panel sensor
connections)

Power Sensors
See Appendix B for power sensor selection, specifications and calibration data.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

1-9

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

1-10

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2
Front Panel Operation
2.1

Introduction
This chapter describes how to operate the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. It includes
descriptions of the front and rear panels, configuration, display menus, and practical applications.
Section 2.2 describes the front panel; Section 2.3 describes the rear panel; Section 2.4 presents
Configuration procedures; Section 2.5 describes the display submenus, and Section 2.6 offers guidelines
for practical applications.
See Chapter 3 for information on remote operation with the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB).

2.2

The Front Panel
Although the 8540C has many modes of operation, the front panel design is very simple. The
instrument is configured and controlled by means of displayed menus, which can be accessed and
controlled with front panel pushbuttons.
The dual-channel Model 8542C front panel is illustrated in Figure 2-1. The single-channel Model
8541C is the same in appearance but does not include Channel B.

8542C U n i v e r s a l P o w e r M e t e r

C A L I B R AT E

A
B
ZERO
CAL

ESCAPE

0 . 25
5 . 61

P
K

d Bm
d Bm

B
FREQ

dB/mW

M
O
D
E

REL

RECALL

E
N
T
E
R

GPIB

CW
MOD AVG
PEAK
PULSE AVG
BURST AVG
OFFSET
FREQ CORR
AVG
CW
MOD AVG
PEAK
PULSE AVG
BURST AVG
OFFSET
FREQ CORR
AVG
REMOTE
SRQ
TALK
LISTEN

POWER
1
0

LOCAL

Figure 2-1: 8542C Front Panel

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.2.1

Calibrator
The CALIBRATOR connector provides a reference power output for calibrating the amplitude
response of a power sensor. The frequency of the output is fixed at 50 MHz. The level of the output is
programmable. During a calibration run, the output level automatically sweeps from -30 dBm to
+20 dBm in 1-dB steps.

2.2.2

Display Window
A two-line alphanumeric LCD screen displays measurements and configuration data.

2.2.3

LEDs
The LEDs to the right of the display window indicate operating modes and GPIB status. The column of
LEDs can also be configured for use as a peaking meter display.

2.2.4

Power
The push-push power switch turns line power on and off.

2.2.5

Front Panel Keys
The front panel keys are located below the display window, and function as described below:
ZERO/CAL
This key is for zeroing and calibration of a power sensor.
If zeroing and calibration are both required, the sensor must first be connected to the CALIBRATOR output connector. When the ZERO/CAL key is pressed, the sensor is zeroed, and then calibrated by an automatic program, which tests the sensor’s response to different reference power levels
and stores the resulting data in the 8540C memory.
For zeroing only, the sensor does need not to be connected to the CALIBRATOR output. If the
ZERO/CAL key is pressed when the sensor is not connected to that output, the 8540C performs the
zeroing function only.
When zeroing a sensor, it is best to connect the sensor to the device under test exactly as it will be
used in measurement, and deactivate the RF output of that device. Zeroing the sensor in place is the
best way to counteract system noise which could significantly effect low-level measurements. The
RF Blanking output signal, which goes low during sensor zeroing, is provided by a BNC on the rear
panel; this can be used as a control signal to turn off the RF source.
All active sensors should be zeroed whenever any sensor (whether it is calibrated or not) is added or
removed.

2-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
FREQ
This key specifies the frequency of an input signal, so that the 8540C can apply the appropriate frequency-specific cal factor to the measurement. These cal factors are retrieved from the sensor
EEPROM.
If the frequency of the input signal changes so often that it is impractical to keep entering the frequency with the FREQ key, the frequency information can be conveyed to the 8540C by the use of
a voltage input that is proportional to frequency (see the VPROPF connector on the rear panel).
When the 8540C is controlled remotely over the GPIB, the frequency information can be sent over
the bus.
REL
This key is for relative measurements (measurement values are not absolute but are expressed in dB
relative to a reference level). The REL key establishes the currently measured power level as the reference for all subsequent measurements. Press [REL] a second time to disable relative measurement.
MENU/ESCAPE
The MENU key accesses the configuration menus. It also functions as the ESCAPE key because it
exits a configuration menu, abandoning any configuration choices that were made within the menu
up to that point.
dBm/mW
This key toggles between logarithmic measurement units (dBm, which is the default condition) and
linear units (mW). The display can be configured to use both units simultaneously, but this must be
done through the Meas Setup configuration menu).
RECALL
The recall button retrieves a stored configuration of the 8540C (configurations are saved in registers 1 through 20, using the Save Setup configuration menu). Use the left/right cursor keys to
choose between Preset and Reg#, and the up/down cursor keys to select a register number. Choosing
the Preset configuration restores the 8540C default conditions (it does not undo the calibration of
the sensors, however). Choosing register 0 restores the conditions which existed prior to the last
configuration change.
ENTER/LOCAL
The ENTER key makes menu selections and enters selected option or values. It is also called the
LOCAL key because it switches from remote control to local control.
Cursor Keys
These four keys are arranged in a diamond pattern and move the display vertically through available submenus, and move the display cursor (underline) horizontally within specific menus.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.2.6

Sensor Inputs
The A and B sensor input connectors (located directly below the CALIBRATOR connector) connect
the cables from the power sensors to the power meter. In instruments with Option 03, the sensor inputs
are reloctated to the rear panel.

CAUTION
When connecting sensor cables to these inputs, the cable pins
must be aligned properly. Orient the cable so that the guide on
the end of it aligns with the notch on the sensor input. If the connector does not seem to fit, forcing it will only damage the connector pins.

2-4

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation

2.3

The Rear Panel
The rear panel for the 8541C and 8542C are identical and are illustrated in Figure 2-2.

U.S. Patent 4,794,325

LINE VOLTAGE
SELECTION

OPTION

WARNING
For continued fire protection
replace fuse with same
type and rating

120Vac
Fuse
110/120V~
T250 .5A
220/240V~

T250V .25A

WARNING
No operator serviceable parts
inside. Refer servicing to
service trained personnel

GPIB

Contrast
RF
Blanking

Spare
I/O

Trigger
Input

~ Line
48 - 440Hz
50VA
MAX
V ∞ F In

Analog Output

Figure 2-2: 8540C Rear Panel

2.3.1

Inputs & Outputs
BNCs
Five BNC-type connectors provide input and output signals for interfacing the 8540C to other
equipment.
•
•
•
•
•

RF Blanking provides a TTL output that goes high during zeroing of a sensor to send a temporary
RF OFF trigger to a signal source.
Trigger Input accepts a TTL input for triggering of high speed measurements under GPIB
control.
V α F In accepts a voltage input that is proportional to frequency and causes the 8540C to apply
appropriate frequency-related cal factors.
Analog Output provides an output voltage that is proportional to the measured power level.
Spare I/O is for a second Analog Output when Option 06 is installed.

Others
•
•

GPIB (a 24-pin connector to connect the 8540C to other equipment over the GPIB).
Line Voltage Selection houses the ac power connector and includes the fuse and line voltage
selector (see Section 1.2.1 for setting the voltage and fuse).

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

2.4

Configuring the 8540C
The 8540C front panel LCD window normally displays measurement data, but it also displays
configuration menus. To select the menu mode, press [MENU]. While in menu mode, the display can be
returned to the measurement mode by pressing [MENU] again (in this context, the MENU button is the
ESCAPE button).
The 8540C can be password-protected to prevent unauthorized changes in Calibrator and Cal Factor
data stored in EEPROMs in the 8540C or its sensors. It is activated with the front panel menus (see
Section 2.4.3 for a description of the menus and their usage). The 8540C is shipped from the factory
with no password specified.

2.4.1

How the Menus Work
There is a hierarchy of menus; each line on the main menu represents a submenu, and some of the items
on those submenus are further submenus.
Menus are displayed one line at a time, with the word more accompanied by up or down arrows to
indicate whether there are additional lines above or below the line currently displayed. The Up/Down
cursor buttons also browse through the lines of a menu. To select the currently displayed line, press
[ENTER].
When an entry window is reached (that is, when the line that has been selected represents a
configuration choice to be made, not a submenu), the cursor buttons (usually the Left/Right buttons)
are step through the list of choices. If a numeric value is to be entered, a base value is displayed, and the
cursor buttons increment or decrement this value (the Left/Right cursor buttons select a digit, and the
Up/Down cursor buttons then step the value of that digit up or down).
After the desired value is set, or the desired choice selected, press [ENTER].

☛

NOTE: If you leave the menu mode without pressing [ENTER], the selections you
made will not take effect.

Entering a selection usually returns the display window to the measurement mode. However, if the
selection you made requires further configuration choices, another menu may be displayed.
The menus are dynamic rather than fixed; the display adapts itself to the current operating mode and
the type of sensor or sensors connected. For example, the DLY measurement options are applicable only
to peak power measurement; therefore, the menu displays these options only if a peak sensor is attached
and is set up to measure peak power.

2-6

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.4.2

Menu Structure
Table 2-1 illustrates the menu structure. For specific information about the individual menu items, see
Section 2.5. The format of these menus, as they are actually displayed, is context-dependent; some
menu options shown here may not be displayed if they are not applicable to the sensors that are
currently connected, or if they are not applicable to the measurement mode that is currently selected.
For example, menu options related to the PAP mode will not be displayed if a CW sensor is attached,
because a CW sensor cannot be used in the PAP mode.
Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure
Main Menu Item

Subsequent Menus / Entry Windows
Top Line

A, B, A/B, ..., OFF
Bot Line

Choose from: OFF, A, B, A/B, B/A, A-B, B-A, DLYA, DLYB
[The format of this entry window is particularly subject to context-dependent
variations; see Section 2.5.1]

Average

Avg A
Avg B

Choose from:
Auto, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, 512

Offset

A (dB)
B (dB)

[increment or decrement the
displayed value]

Resolution

Top Line = x.xx
Bot Line = x.xx

[adjust left or right as needed]

Peak Hold

Choose from: OFF, ON

Crest Factor

Choose from: OFF, ON

Min/Max

Choose from: OFF, ON
(and Bottom Line/Top Line if applicable)

Limits

Top Line
Bot Line

Choose from: OFF, ON
[if ON is chosen, the limits must be
defined; increment or decrement]

dBm/mW
Setup

Top Line
Bot Line

Choose from:
Lin, Log

Rel Setup

Top Line
Bot Line

Choose from:
ON, OFF

Advanced

Burst Start Exclude

Num. of Samples: A
Num. of Samples: B [increment or
decrement]

Meas Setup

Burst End Exclude
Burst Dropout

Time: A / Time: B
Choose from:
.017, .026, .035, etc
(values in ms).

Sensor Setup:
CW sensor

(No configuration is required if a CW sensor is connected.)

Sensor Setup:
Peak Sensor

(No further configuration is required if CW is selected.)

Int

Set Trig Level (dBm)

[select A or B]

[increment or decrement the
displayed value]

Set Samp Delay (ns)
DLY Offset (ns)
Ext

Set Trig Level (V)
Set Samp Delay (ns)
DLY Offset (ns)

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure (Continued)
Main Menu Item
Sensor Setup:
Modulation
Sensor
[80400 Series]

Subsequent Menus / Entry Windows
CW

(No further configuration is required if CW is selected.)

Modulated
Avg

(No further configuration is required if Modulated Avg is selected.)

Pulse Avg

Duty Cycle [increment or decrement the displayed value]

Burst Avg

(No further configuration is required if Burst Avg is selected.)

[select A or B]

Ref Power On/Off

Choose from: On or Off

Config

Peaking
Meter

Choose from:
Status, PkA, PkB

GPIB

Mode

Choose from:
8541, 8542, 436A, 437B, 438A

Address

Choose from:
0-30 (listen & talk), 40 (listen only)
and 50 (talk only).

Std Output
[if Option 06 is installed, there are
two outputs; if so, select OFF in order
to get to the menu for that option]

Choose from:
Off, Bot Line, Top Line

Mode

Choose from: Log, Lin

V prop F
[select A or
B]

Choose from: OFF, ON

Freq. at 0 Volts (GHz)
Scale Factor (V/GHz)
[increment or decrement the
displayed values]

Sound

Choose from: ON, OFF

Sensor ROM
[select A or
B]

Choose from a wide variety of parameters that can be set.

Calibrator

Power

Choose from: OFF, or a value
in dBm
[increment or decrement the
displayed value].

EEPROM
[data to be entered:
Serial#, Cal Factor, Date, Time,
WRITE ]

WRITE:
CALIB Clear, or
PASSWORD Set

Analog Out

Service

Save Setup

2-8

If ON is selected, two values must be
defined

Test
Functions

Choose from a wide variety of diagnostic tests.

Software
Version

Displays information about the currently installed software.

Clear All
Memory

Clear RAMs of configuration data.

Save to Reg#
[specify a number from 1 to 20]

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.4.3

Password Protection
The password feature prevents unauthorized changes in Calibrator and Cal Factor data stored in
EEPROMs in the 8540C or its sensors. It is activated with the front panel menus (see Table 2-1 for a
description of the menus and their usage). The 8540C is shipped from the factory with no password
specified.
To get to PASSWORD set, select the Service menu, then the Calibrator submenu (or the Sensor ROM
submenu to provide password protection of sensor memory). Then select EEPROM, then WRITE. At
WRITE, the choice is between CALIB Clear and PASSWORD Set; select the latter. The password is a
numeric code. To enter it, use the cursor keys to increment or decrement the digits displayed in the
screen and press [ENTER]. Press [ENTER] again to confirm the password. The password is now stored in
the 8540C memory, and EEPROM data cannot be changed without entering the password.
The password can be changed or cleared by repeating the above steps and entering the existing
password, then set a new password by selecting SET. Clear the password by selecting CLEAR, or just
rewrite the data by selecting ON.
If a password was set previously and is not known, you can disable password protection by moving the
A2W1 jumper on the Analog PC board (A2) from the factory-set position A to position B.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-9

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

2.5

The Submenus

2.5.1

A, B, A/B, ..., Off
This submenu determines what will be shown on the top and bottom lines of the display window. The
existing measurement setup determines which choices are shown in the menu; options which do not
apply to the power meter and its sensors, as they are currently configured, will not be shown.
The top and bottom lines of the display are configured independently; use the up/down cursor keys to
choose the top or bottom line, then use the right/left cursor keys to choose one of the available display
formats. Any of the options shown below can be selected for either the top line or the bottom line.
A

the display line for Sensor A

the display line for Sensor B (Model 8542C only)

A/B

the reading of Sensor A divided by the reading of Sensor B (Model 8542C only)

B/A

the reading of Sensor B divided by the reading of Sensor A (Model 8542C only)

A-B

the reading of Sensor A less the reading of Sensor B (Model 8542C only)

B-A

the reading of Sensor B less the reading of Sensor A (Model 8542C only)
Display Line Formats for the CW Mode

TOP or BOTTOM:

A/B

B/A

A-B

B-A

OFF

The top and bottom line settings are chosen as a unit for the PEAK mode. One line of the display shows
the measurement, and the other line shows the delay value. The choices in this mode are:
Display Window Formats for the PEAK Mode

2.5.2

TOP:

DLYA

DLYB

BOTTOM:

DLYA

DLYB

Meas Setup
This submenu is defines conditions of measurement for each sensor. The items on the submenu are:
Avg, Offset, Resolution, Min/Max, Limits, dBm/mW, and Relative. Use the up/down cursor keys to
view these items, and the ENTER key to select one of them.

Average
Measurements can be averaged over a period of time which is referred to as the filter time. Increasing
the filter time increases the stability of the display, at the cost of increased time required for a
measurement. The filter time is equal to 40 ms times the averaging factor (for an averaging factor of 1,
the filter time is equal to 40 ms or the reading update time, whichever is greater). To increase
measurement speed, choose a lower averaging factor. The choices are: AUTO, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, and 512. Use the up/down cursor keys to view these choices, and the Enter key to select one of
them. If AUTO is selected, the filter time is automatically adjusted for the ambient noise level.

2-10

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
Offset
A specific offset in dB (positive or negative) can be added to the measured power. A beginning value of
0.000 dB is displayed. Use the left/right cursor keys to select a digit, and the up/down cursor keys to
increment or decrement the selected digit. Use the ENTER key to select the adjusted offset value.

Resolution
The display resolution can be set independently for the top line and bottom line of the display. Use the
up/down cursor buttons to select the top line or the bottom line. Use the right/left cursor buttons to
modify the resolution as symbolized by x’s (the range of choices is x through x.xxx). Use the ENTER key
to select the adjusted resolution.

Peak Hold
In modulated measurement modes (MAP, PAP, or BAP), this feature is holds the maximum value
measured since it was enabled. The displayed value changes only when it is rising to a new maximum (or
when it is reset by pressing [ENTER], in which case the displayed value drops to the present measured
value and the process resumes).

Crest Factor
This feature is very similar to the Peak Hold feature described above, except that what is displayed is the
ratio of the held maximum value to the average value, expressed in dB.

Min/Max
The Min/Max feature provides a continuously updated display of the highest and lowest values
measured so far; both are displayed on one line, while the other line displays the current measurement of
the channel being monitored. Use the Up/Down cursor buttons to select OFF, Bottom Line, or Top
Line, and press [ENTER]. The line that is selected represents the channel to be monitored; the other
line displays the minimum and maximum measured values. To reset these values to the current
measurement, return to the Min/Max entry window and press [ENTER] twice.

Limits
High and low limits can be defined for each channel; if the sound function is activated, an audible tone
is generated when a limit is violated. Arrows pointing up or down are displayed during a limit violation,
to indicate whether the upper limit or the lower limit was violated.

dBm/mW
The top and bottom lines of the display can be configured for logarithmic (dBm) or linear (mW) display
modes. Ratio measurements (A/B or B/A), are expressed in dBr (logarithmic) or %r (linear).

Rel Setup
Normally, when [REL] is pressed, each line of the display shows a relative measurement (when the key is
pressed, the present measured value is recorded, and all subsequent measurements are expressed in dB or
% relative to that recorded value). The Rel Setup entry menu provides a means of selectively enabling
or disabling the relative measurement mode for the top line, the bottom line, or both. Use the Up/Down
cursor keys to select the top line or the bottom line; then use the Right/Left cursor keys to select ON or
OFF, and press [ENTER].

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-11

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Advanced
This menu includes three special features which may be of use in certain applications of the Burst
Average Power measurement mode.
Burst Start Exclude:
This feature masks a portion of the beginning of a burst to exclude overshoot and other distortions from the measurement. The number of samples to be excluded must be defined; use
the Up/Down cursor keys to select the desired number of samples, and press [ENTER]
(selecting zero samples effectively disables this feature).
Burst End Exclude:
This feature is masks off a portion of the end of a burst to exclude overshoot and other distortions from the measurement. The number of samples to be excluded must be defined; use
the Up/Down cursor keys to select the desired number of samples, and press [ENTER]
(selecting zero samples effectively disables this feature).
Burst Dropout:
This feature is modifies the definition of a burst, so that a brief dropout is not interpreted as
the end of a burst. A dropout time must be defined; use the Up/Down cursor keys to select
one of a series of values displayed in ms (.17, .26, .35, etc.), and press [ENTER].

2.5.3

Sensor Setup
This menu is dynamic; its contents are determined by the type of sensor which has been connected to
the selected sensor input port (the 8540C is able to identify the sensor by reading its EEPROM data).

CW Sensor Setup
If a CW sensor is connected, no sensor configuration is needed.

Peak Sensor Setup
The Series 80350A peak sensor can be used in three modes: CW, Internally Triggered and Externally
Triggered. Use the Left/Right cursor buttons to select the desired mode, and press [ENTER].
CW
No further configuration is required if the CW mode is selected.
Int
In the Internally Triggered mode, peak power will be sampled at a point which is defined
by a trigger level, a delay, and a delay offset. The delay offset feature is a convenience in
some applications (for example, when measuring pulse width from a point other than the
trigger level, or when comparing the levels of various pulses within a pulse train). When
Set Trig Level is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in dBm),
and press ENTER. When Set Samp Delay is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the
displayed value (in ns, µs, or ms), and press [ENTER]. When Dly Offset is displayed, use
the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in ns, µs, or ms), and press [ENTER].
Ext
The Externally Triggered mode is very similar to the Internally Triggered mode described
above, except that the basis of triggering is a voltage input from an external source. Configuration of this mode is the same as for the internal mode, except that the trigger level is
specified in volts rather than dBm.

2-12

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
Modulation Sensor Setup
CW
No further configuration is required if the CW mode is selected.
Modulated Avg
No further configuration is required if the Modulated Average mode is selected.
Pulse Avg
The Pulse Average is similar to the Modulated Average mode, except that the user is able
to specify a duty cycle (for pulse modulated inputs). When Set Duty Cycle is displayed, use
the cursor button to adjust the displayed value (in %), and press [ENTER]. The range is
0.001% to 99.999%.
Burst Avg
No further configuration is required if the Burst Average mode is selected.

2.5.4

RF Power On/Off
This entry window submenu activates and deactivates the front panel CALIBRATOR output (to adjust
the value of the output, see the Service submenu). Use the left/right cursor buttons to select ON or OFF,
and press [ENTER].

2.5.5

Config
Peaking Meter
The 20 status LEDs on the front panel can be configured to serve as a peaking meter (that is, the stack of
the LEDs turn on from the bottom up to give a rough visual indication of changes in the currently
measured power level). The options are Status, PkA, and PkB. If PkA is selected, the LEDs serve as a
peaking meter for Channel A. If PkB is selected, they serve as a peaking meter for Channel B. If Status
is selected, the LEDs revert to their original role as status indicators.

GPIB
This option gives the user an opportunity to specify the IEEE 488 GPIB address and the emulation mode
for the 8540C. The choices of address are 0 through 30 (listen & talk), 40 (listen only), and 50 (talk
only). The choices of emulation mode are 8541, 8542, 436A, 437B and 438A.

Analog Out
The analog output is an output voltage, proportional to measured power, that can be applied to auxiliary
test equipment (such as a data recorder). The choices of output source are Top Line, Bottom Line, and
Off. The choices of mode are Log and Linear. The output source choices are displayed under the
heading Std Output. If Option 06 is installed, there are two outputs to be configured; in that case, select
OFF under Std Output in order to reach the Option 06 configuration menu.

VPROFF
The VPROPF (voltage proportional to frequency) connector accepts a voltage input in the range of 0 to
+10V, which the 8540C uses to determine the frequency of the RF input, so that appropriate correction
factors (stored in the probe’s EEPROM) can be applied. The voltage input is supplied by a V/GHz
output from the signal source. Select ON to activate this function. Two values must be defined for
VPROPF: the frequency at 0 Volts (specified in GHz) and the scale factor (specified in V/GHz). The V/
GHz output connector on the frequency source is usually labeled with the scale factor.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-13

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Sound
A speaker within the chassis produces audible clicks and tones, in order to register keystrokes, and to
draw attention to certain conditions (for example, if a limit has been exceeded, or a calibration process
has been completed). To activate or deactivate this speaker, select ON or OFF.

2.5.6

Service
Sensor ROM
This menu is records data in a power sensor’s EEPROM. Select the sensor (A or B), and a series of entry
windows appears. Normally, this menu is used only at the factory for instrument configuration. It should
not be used in the field except under direction by the Giga-tronics customer service department.
Carefully record all existing settings before changing them, so that they can be restored if necessary.

Calibrator
The CALIBRATOR output produces a reference signal to calibrate power sensors. The reference signal
is at 50 MHz (CW); its level is programmable in 1 dB increments over a range of -30 to +20 dBm. The
level at 0 dBm is factory set to ±0.7%, traceable to the National Institute of Standards Technology
(within 15 seconds of setting a 0.0 dBm level). Output levels are subject to drift over time, and are
considered accurate during a calibration run or within a few minutes of setting a fixed reference level.

Test Functions
This menu makes available a number of diagnostic tests which are normally used only by factory
personnel. If you consult the Giga-tronics customer service department, you may be given instructions
on how to use one or more of these tests.

Software Version
Selecting this menu item causes the window to display the version of software that is installed in the
instrument.

Clear All Memory
Selecting this item causes all configuration data currently stored in the 8540C RAM to be cleared. Data
stored in sensor EEPROMs is not affected.

2.5.7

Save Setup
Up to twenty different configurations can be stored in non-volatile memory. When Save Setup is
selected, the entry window shows Save to Reg# 1. The Up/Down cursor buttons increment or
decrement the number under which the current configuration will be saved. The range of numbers is
1 to 20. A setup that has been saved in memory can be retrieved by means of the RECALL button on
the front panel.

2-14

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation

2.6

Measurement Guide
This section of the manual presents simple guidelines for practical application of the 8540C. See
Section 2.6.10 for mode restrictions.

2.6.1

Using the Power Sweep Calibrator
The Power Sweep Calibrator automatically calibrates the power sensor to the power meter. The power
sweep operates from -30 to +20 dBm (the complete, non-square-law operating region) and transfers the
inherent linearity of an internal, thermal-based detector to the balanced diode sensors. Output is NISTtraceable at 50 MHz, 0 dBm to an accuracy of ±0.7% (±1.2% over one year).

☛
2.6.2

NOTE: NIST is the National Institute of Standards and Technology.

806XX Sensor Operation
The Series 806XX power sensors are designed for the precise measurement of signals with wide
modulation bandwidths (up to 1.5 MHz). In terms of the various measurement modes (i.e., MAP, BAP,
etc), the 806XX sensors are operated exactly as the Series 804XX sensors described in Section B.1.
There is one distinction regarding the operation of the 806XX sensors. Below 200 MHz, the modulation
bandwidth of the sensor is limited by a filter which is electronically switched in the sensor. This is done
to keep the RF signal out of the base band signal processing circuitry. When a 806XX sensor is calibrated
on the meter for the first time (the meter reads UNCALIBRATED before calibration), the unit is set to
the default setting of MAP mode with frequency correction set to 1 GHz. This allows the sensor to
measure signals with wide-bandwidth modulation. For frequencies of 200 MHz or below, the frequency
correction must be set to the measurement frequency to avoid measurement error.
The Series 806XX sensors are compatible with the 8541C and 8542C and later configurations.

2.6.3

Sensor Calibration
The procedure for calibrating a sensor is:
1.

Connect the power sensor to the 8540C power meter with the power sensor cable.

Connect the power sensor to the 8540C CALIBRATOR output.

Press ZERO/CAL.

The 8540C will automatically verify that a sensor is attached to the CALIBRATOR connector. It will
then zero and calibrate the sensor.
Refer also to the Power Sensor Calibration Procedures in Appendix B of this manual.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-15

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.6.4

Zeroing at Low Power Levels
The sensor should be zeroed just before recording final readings in the lower 15 dB of the power sensor’s
90 dB dynamic range (that is, for readings below -55 dBm, in the case of standard sensors).
1.

Turn off the source output before you zero the sensor. The microwave source must output less
than -74 dBm of total noise power during RF Blanking for proper zeroing. The source signal
power should be less than -90 dBm.

Press the ZERO/CAL key to start the zeroing process. If more than one sensor is connected to
the power meter, a channel selection menu will appear.

The sensor should remain connected to the signal source during zeroing. By turning off the source
instead of disconnecting the detector, the zeroing process automatically accounts for ground line
voltages and connector interface EMF.

☛

NOTE: Sufficient time must be allowed for the module to reach thermal equilibrium
with the source. This could be up to 15 minutes for moderate initial temperature
differences.

CAUTION
Sensor diodes can be destroyed by momentary or continuous exposure to excess input power. The maximum power (peak or average) that can be applied to the detector elements without
resulting damage is printed on the side of the sensor housing. For
standard CW sensors, and peak power sensors, this maximum
level is +23 dBm (200 mW). Standard sensors should not be used
above +20 dBm (100 mW), because this may degrade the sensor’s
performance even if it does not burn out the diodes.
When measuring pulsed signals, it is important to remember that the peak power may be much greater
than the average power (it depends upon the duty cycle). It is possible to overload the sensor with a
pulsed signal, even though the average power of the signal is far below the maximum level.
To measure higher power levels, use a high power sensor, or else reduce the signal amplitude using a
directional coupler or a precision attenuator.
2.6.4.1

Low Level Performance Check
This procedure provides a quick-check list for evaluating meter/sensor performance for low-level
measurements. It is not intended to verify performance of specifications such as Noise, Temperature
Coefficient and Zero Set. For complete verification, please refer to sections one and five in the power
meter operation manual.
1.

2-16a

This test is meant to check the low level performance of the meter and sensor. In order to do so,
the meter and sensor should first be separated from any external amplifiers, test systems, etc. Turn
the meter on and allow stabilization at ambient for a minimum of 30 minutes. Connect the sensor
cable to the meter and the sensor to the calibrator output port.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.

Calibration.. Calibrate the power meter by pressing the Zero/Cal button.

☛

NOTE: During calibration an approximate zero is established for calibration purposes only.
This zero is not valid for actual measurements and can limit the measurement range as high
as -50 dBm. For proper low-level measurements, the sensor must be zeroed at the test port
of the system being tested. Zeroing at the test port provides corrections for ground line
voltages and connector interface EMF.

Zeroing. Validation of meter and sensor noise floor will be checked using an attenuator or
termination. Connect the attenuator or termination to the sensor and allow the unit to stabilize for
3 minutes. The sensor must be thermally stabilized for proper zeroing. If the thermal condition of
the sensor varies during the zero procedure, the zero will not be valid.

Set averaging to 512 and configure for CW operation. After the unit has thermally stabilized, push
the Cal/Zero button.

Immediately after zeroing, confirm that the meter reading is at least 3 dB below the minimum CW
operating range of the sensor. This checks the noise floor and zero set capabilities of the meter and
sensor.

Zero Drift. Zero Drift is a measure of the change in noise over time. Each family sensor will
have a specified expectation of drift over a one-hour period. To confirm, set the meter to linear
display (Watts) after verifying noise floor and check that the display does not drift beyond
specification over a one-hour period.

Verification for specifications such as noise, zero drift and temperature coefficient of linearity are
difficult, time consuming tests. This checklist is useful to quickly determine if there is a catastrophic
system failure. Failure to meet the above guidelines is not necessarily an indication of specification
failure. Final confirmation of system specification performance is achieved using the verification
procedures found in the meter operation manual.

2.6.5

Measuring Source Output Power
The procedure is:
1.

Connect the power sensor to the RF output of the microwave source.

Verify that the microwave source RF output is ON.

Press [FREQ]; enter the operating frequency (use the cursor keys to adjust the value), and press
[OK].

The 8540C will now display the microwave source output power. Adjust the source amplitude to
the desired level.

The 8540C responds rapidly to amplitude changes. Ranging is automatically performed in real time
through a 90 dB dynamic range using CW or modulated sensors. The peak sensor dynamic range is 40
dB Peak and 50 dB CW. Entering the operating frequency enables the 8540C to automatically apply
frequency calibration factors appropriate to the sensor being used. The operating frequency can be
communicated to the 8540C using the front panel menus, the GPIB, or the V PROPF voltage input. (The
input connector for the VPROPF function is labeled V α F In on the 8540C rear panel.)

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-17a

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.6.6

Using the Peaking Meter
The LEDs on the right side of the 8540C front panel can be configured as a 20-segment bar graph.
1.

Press [MENU]. Select the Config menu. Select Peaking meter.

Use the cursor to select PkA or PkB, and press [ENTER].

Adjust the source’s amplitude control and observe the peaking meter.

The LED bar graph provides a linear display of power level on a decade range basis. For example, a
power level of 3 dBm produces an approximate 50% response on the peaking meter.

2.6.7

High Power Level Measurements
High power amplifiers and transmitters can damage standard sensors. Use only high power sensors to
measure these devices without using attenuators and measurements.
For example, if the output of an RF source is amplified to +30 dBm (1 Watt), this signal cannot be
measured directly using a standard sensor because the sensor’s maximum input level is +23 dBm (and
any level above +20 dBm is potentially harmful to a standard sensor). The signal would have to be
attenuated, and the attenuation would have to be corrected for by means of a measurement offset.
However, if a 5 Watt high power sensor is used, any power level up to +37 dBm can be measured directly
without the use of an attenuator.

2.6.7.1

Calibration and Zeroing for High Power Sensors with Removable
Attenuators
High power sensors must be calibrated to the power meter with the attenuator removed. The power
meter automatically recognizes the sensor type and compensates for the attenuator. Do not enter an
offset factor to account for the attenuator loss.
The sensor frequency calibration factors correct for the combined frequency response for the sensor and
attenuator. Because the sensor and attenuator are a matched set, the serial numbers of the sensor and
attenuator are identical. Do not use attenuators from other high power sensors.
1.

Remove the high power attenuator from the sensor.

Connect the sensor to be calibrated from Channel A or B to the Calibrator Output.

Press the [CAL/ZERO] hardkey. The meter will automatically zero and calibrate the sensor.

Reconnect the high power attenuator to the sensor.

☛

2-18a

NOTE: There are alignment marks (arrows) on the sensor and attenuator. To reduce
measurement uncertainty, align the arrows when reconnecting the attenuator to the sensor.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.8

Modulated Measurement Modes
The 8540C series of power meters expands upon the capabilities of the previous 8540 power meters in a
number of ways. In the past, power measurements of modulated signals (pulse, multi-tone, AM, etc.)
required that the signals be attenuated to levels less than -20 dBm to avoid errors due to sensor
nonlinearity. The 8540C with a 80401A series sensor, eliminates this restriction, and brings the speed
and accuracy of diode sensors to the power measurement of modulated signals. Basic measurement
procedures are presented below, along with some useful tips on how to get the most out of the modulated
measurement modes.
The new modulated measurement modes are available through the sensor setup menu when the active
sensor a modulated series. The 8540C features three modulated measurement modes:
•
•
•

Modulated Average Power (MAP)
Pulse Average Power (PAP)
Burst Average Power (BAP)

MAP and PAP modes measure the true average power of modulated and pulsed signals. PAP mode
differs from MAP mode only in that it allows you to specify a duty cycle figure, which is automatically
factored into the measurement. In BAP mode, the true average power within the pulse is measured (the
pulse pattern is detected automatically, so there is no need for you to specify the duty cycle).
MAP Mode
The Modulated Average Power (MAP) mode measures RF signals, which are amplitude modulated,
pulse modulated, or both. In the MAP mode the 8540C calculates the average RF power received by the
sensor over a period of time controlled by the time constant of the internal digital filter. The result is
comparable to measurement by a thermal power sensor.
In this mode, the 8540C measures the average power of CW and modulated signals, such as:
•
•
•
•
•

AM
Two-tone
Multi-carrier
Pulse modulation
Digital modulation (QPSK, QAM, etc...)

For example, if an RF signal pulse modulated at 50 Hz with a 10% duty cycle is measured with the
averaging factor set to 128, the filter setting time will be 5.12 seconds (40 ms times 128) and each
reading will include 256 pules (50 Hz times 5.12 seconds); the measured power reading will be 10% of
the peak power during pulse ON periods. Because the signal is modulated at a low pulse rate (below
about 1 kHz), the 8540C will synchronize the readings precisely with the start of a pulse so that each
displayed reading is averaged over a whole number of pulses (that is, there are no fractional pulses
included in the measurement). This eliminates a significant amount of noise from the readings. It is
important to remember that even though the filter settling time has been set to a long time constant of
5.12 seconds, the update rate of the meter will be much faster, and even the first reading will be very
close to the fully settled value.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-19a

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
PAP Mode
The Pulse Average Power (PAP) mode is similar to the MAP mode, but it measures pulse-modulated
signals having a known duty cycle. You can specify this duty cycle and the 8540C will automatically
correct the measurements so that the displayed readings indicate the peak RF power during pulse ON
periods.
For example, when measuring a pulse modulated signal with 50% duty cycle, MAP mode would give a
reading 3 dB lower than the reading that would be given by PAP mode with the duty cycle factor set to
50%.

☛

NOTE: The duty cycle correction presumes a perfectly rectangular profile for the RF
pulse shape. Any abnormality such as overshoot, undershoot, slow rise time or fall
time, inaccuracy of the duty cycle, or deviation from a flat pulse response will cause
errors in the indicated reading.

BAP Mode

Power

The Burst Average Power (BAP) mode measures the average power during an RF burst. This mode is
very useful for measurement of pulse modulated signals which are not flat or have amplitude modulation
during the pulse ON period, as in the case of TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) communications
signals. In this mode, the 8540C recognizes the beginning and end of a burst of RF power and takes an
average of the power during that burst. The RF level can vary over a wide range during the burst as long
as it remains above a noise threshold, which is automatically calculated by the 8540C. As soon as the
RF power drops below the noise threshold, the RF burst is complete and all further readings are
discarded until the next burst starts.

Start of Burst

End of Burst

Noise Threshold
Time

Figure 2-3: Burst Measurement

In BAP mode, the 8540C automatically determines which portions of the signal are in the pulse and
which are not. In computing the average power, the 8540C uses only those portions that are within the
pulse. The result is that, independent of the signal’s pulse duty cycle, the meter always reads the average
power in the pulse or burst. As with the PAP mode, when measuring a pulse modulated signal with 50%
duty cycle, the reading in the BAP mode would be 3 dB higher than in the MAP mode. However, in the
BAP mode, the signal’s duty cycle can change dynamically in time without affecting the meter reading.
In the PAP mode, the duty cycle factor must be entered to match the duty cycle of the pulsed signal.

2-20a

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.9

Measurement Collection Modes
Using a wide range of CW and Peak Power Sensors and the GPIB fast measurement collection modes,
the Series 8540C meters provide typical reading speeds of >200 readings per second in the free-run Swift
mode, 800 readings per second in the Fast Modulated mode, and >2,000 readings per second in the Fast
Buffered mode. Three Swift mode triggering controls are available: Fast free-run, bus triggered, and TTL
triggered modes. Bus and TTL allow triggering control of individual measurement points. Data can be
stored in an internal data buffer or read immediately.
Fast buffered power readings are internally buffered for readout at the completion of the fast buffered
interval. Maximum measurement rate is about 2,600 readings per second. Data conversion and GPIB
communication time are not included in this figure. The maximum buffer size is 5000 readings, or about
2.1 seconds at the maximum reading rate. Option 02 buffer increases this to 128,000 readings.
CW Mode
This mode is for measuring an unmodulated Continuous Wave (CW) signal. In this mode the RF signal
level must be constant for accurate readings to be made. If the signal level changes, a settling time for
the internal digital filter is required in order for measurements to be made to the specified accuracy.
The settling time (the time required for a measurement based on an averaging of samples to adapt to a
changed condition and become accurate again) is affected by various factors. The maximum settling
time is equal to 20 ms multiplied by the averaging factor (for example, if the averaging factor is 128, the
maximum settling time is 2.56 seconds). In most situations the actual settling time is well below the
maximum.
PEAK Mode (80350A Peak Power Sensor)
The Peak mode is for instantaneous peak measurements of the RF power level of a pulse modulated
signal during pulse ON periods. The measurement is based on an instantaneous sample taken at a
particular point in time. Sampling is triggered by a pulse rising edge either in the modulated signal itself
or in a supplied trigger input signal, followed by a programmable delay. The trigger/delay combination
makes it possible for you to specify exactly what part of the pulse is sampled.
In the peak mode, each displayed reading can consist of a single sample or of an average of multiple
samples, each taken at the exact same time relative to the pulse’s rising edge. If the averaging factor is
set to 1, single samples are used. If it is other than 1, the averaging factor will determine the filter
settling time over which the multiple samples will be taken and averaged.
Because the peak mode measures the RF power instantaneously (at the top of the pulse, provided that
the delay has been set correctly), no assumptions are made about the pulse shape or duty cycle. In fact, it
is possible to profile the pulse by sweeping the delay time over a range of values to reveal the pulse shape
from start to finish.

☛

NOTE: In the peak mode the 8540C does not know where the peak is. It samples the
pulse where it is told to sample the pulse whether or not the point sampled is really the
peak point. This mode is therefore less intelligent than the BAP mode and must be used
carefully, but its flexibility makes it a powerful tool for studying modulated signals.

Peak power measurements are made by sampling the RF input at a point which is defined by a trigger
level, a delay, and a delay offset (see Figure 2-4). The initial triggering event occurs when the power
input (or in the case of external triggering, a voltage input) reaches a threshold, which you have defined
as the trigger level. The sample is then taken after a delay, which you have defined. To this delay can be
added a positive or negative delay offset.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-21

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
The delay offset is not necessary for peak measurement, but in some applications it is a convenience. For
example, a small offset (even a negative offset) might compensate for the difference between the trigger
point and some other point of interest (such as the half-power point) especially in applications where
pulse width is being measured. Or if it is necessary to measure the levels of various pulses within a pulse
train, the pulses can be sampled successively by changing the delay offset. A fixed delay insures that
each pulse is sampled at the same point in its cycle.

Peak Power, Sampled After a 120 ns Delay
and a 10 ns Delay Offset

Peak Power, Sampled After a 120 ns Delay

Sample

Sample
120 ns
Delay

120 ns
Delay

Power

10 ns
Delay
Offset

Trigger
Level

Half-Power
Point

Trigger
Level
Trigger
Point

Trigger
Point
Time

Time

Peak Power, Sampled With a Fixed Delay
But Various Delay Offsets
Sample
(11 µs Offset)

Sample
(No Offset)

Trigger

Sample
(22 µs Offset)

Power

2.8 µs
Offset

Delay Offset
Delay Offset

Time (Microseconds)

Figure 2-4: Delay and Delay Offsets

2-22

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.10

Mode Restrictions
In certain modes the 8540C has highly specific restrictions on its operation:
•

•

2.6.11

In the fast measurement collection modes (swift and fast buffered), it is not possible to make
measurements which compare the two channels. In other words, it is possible to make
measurements using sensor A, or B, or both, but measurements such as A/B and A-B are not
permitted.
In GPIB remote operation, only one reading can be sent over the bus (it can be A, or B, or a
comparative measurement such as A/B, but it is not possible for separate measurements of A and
B to be sent over the bus). The exception is that in the swift and fast buffered measurement
collection modes, it is possible for both A and B to be sent over the bus.

When to use CW, MAP and BAP
For measuring signals with any kind of modulation, MAP mode should be used. In this mode, the 8540C
makes use of its digital signal processing algorithms to ensure that the reading is the correct average
power level regardless of modulation type (see Section B.2.2 for limits on modulation rate, etc.).
Of course, CW signals may also be accurately measured in MAP mode. This raises the question, why use
CW mode? CW mode offers a few more dB of dynamic range at low power levels when using a CW
power sensor, such as the 80301A. In addition, in CW mode the 8540C is form, fit, and function
compatible with its predecessor, Model 8540.
BAP mode should be used only for the measurement of signals which are pulse modulated. In this mode
the meter will accurately measure the average power of the signal during the on-time of the pulse. This
mode works equally well regardless of whether the signal is modulated during the pulse on time.

2.6.12

Multi-Tone Tests
Multi-tone testing refers to more than one RF carrier combined into one signal to be measured. Twotone intermodulation testing, for example, is a common test performed on a wide variety of RF
components and subsystems. MAP mode should be selected for these applications. The 8540C test
procedure is as follows:
1.

Calibrate the sensor according to the procedure outlined earlier in this section.

From the Main Menu press [Sensor Setup]. From the Sensor Setup menu, press [Modulated Sensor]
and then select the MAP mode by pressing [MAP].

Press [FREQ] and enter the operating carrier frequency.

Connect the sensor to the multi-tone source and record the power level.

For two-tone testing, small errors in the measurement will result when the carriers are separated by more
than about 50 kHz. The amount of error is also a function of average power level. For average power less
than about -20 dBm, there is no modulation-induced measurement error at any tone separation. Consult
the error charts found in Section B.2.2.
Multi-carrier testing usually refers to more than two carriers combined into one signal. Common multicarrier tests combine 10 to 20 carriers. In determining expected measurement error for these types of
signals, the maximum difference in frequency between any two carriers should be used as the tone
separation when applying the error charts in the manual.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-23

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Another important feature of multi-carrier signals is that they can have a high peak-to-average power
ratio. This ratio can be as high as 10 dB for ten carriers. The significance of this in terms of making
power measurements is two-fold. First, care should be taken to keep the peak power level applied to the
sensor below the maximum recommended level. Second, when trying to minimize modulation-induced
measurement error for carriers separated by more than 50 kHz, it is the peak power level that should be
kept below about -20 dBm.

2.6.13

Peak Hold
When the Peak Hold feature is selected, the 8540C displays the highest instantaneous power measured
from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset by the user. In other words, the displayed value
tracks the measured value only when the measured value is rising to a new maximum. When the
measured value falls, the displayed value holds at the maximum. When the peak hold feature is reset,
the displayed value falls to the current measured value and the process begins again.
The Peak Hold feature is available in the MAP, PAP, and BAP measurement modes; it may be enabled
from the front panel under the Display Data Line Configuration setup menu, or over the GPIB. Peak
Hold is reset by pressing [Reset Line n] (or, in remote control, by sending the command which activates
the Peak Hold feature.
The reset function controls the time resolution of the reading (that is, for finer resolution, reset more
frequently).

☛

NOTE: [Reset Line n] for Peak Hold also resets the Crest Factor

Peak Hold
Hold

Hold
Power

Hold
Hold
Peak
Hold
Hold
Instantaneous
(Reset)

(Reset)

Time

Figure 2-5: Peak Hold

2-24

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.14

Crest Factor
The Crest Factor feature is very similar to the peak hold feature, in that it holds on to the maximum
level until a reset occurs, but in this case the displayed value is expressed (in dB) as a ratio of the held
maximum power to the average power.
The Crest Factor feature is available in the CW, MAP, PAP, or BAP modes only. It can be enabled
from the front panel under the Display Data Line Configuration setup menu, or over the GPIB. The
Crest Factor feature is reset by pressing [Reset Line n] of the appropriate line or, in remote control, by
sending the GPIB command which activates the Crest Factor feature (see Section 3.9).
In Figure 2-6, the same power input trace is used in two graphs to illustrate the effect of a drop in average
power, with and without a reset. In the top graph, the power drop is followed by a reset. The held value
drops to the current measured value, and the crest factor represents the ratio between the new maximum
level and the new average level. In the bottom graph, there is no reset after the power drop, and the
crest factor represents the ratio between the old maximum level and the new average level. For this
reason, the crest factor feature should be reset after an input power level change.

☛

NOTE: [Reset Line n] for the Crest Factor also resets Peak Hold.

Crest Factor With a Power Drop Followed by a Reset

Hold
Crest
Factor (dB)

Power

Hold

Avg.

Crest
Factor (dB)

Hold
Avg.

(Reset)

Time

Crest Factor With a Power Drop But No Reset
Hold
Hold

Hold
Crest
Factor (dB)

Avg.
Crest
Factor (dB)

Power

Hold

Avg.

Time

Figure 2-6: Crest Factor

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-25

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.6.15

Burst Signal Measurements
In a burst signal, the RF is pulsed on and off (i.e., pulse modulated). Often, the RF is modulated during
the pulse on time. Typical examples are TDMA digital cellular telephone formats such as NADC, JDC,
and GSM. These formats and many others produce amplitude modulation of the RF during bursts.
Two types of power measurement can be made on these types of signals. If the total average power is
desired, MAP mode should be used. Total average power includes both the off and on time of the pulses
in the averaging. Often it is desired to know the average power just during the bursts. BAP mode makes
this type of measurement very easy. The procedure is as follows:
1.

Calibrate the sensor according to the procedure outlined earlier in this section.

Press [MENU] and select Sensor Setup. Select Burst Avg. and press [ENTER].

Press [FREQ] and enter the operating carrier frequency.

Connect the sensor to the burst signal source and record the power level.

The 8540C will automatically find the portions of the signal which are in the burst and include only
those portions in the average.
Burst signals can have a high peak power-to-average power ratio depending on duty cycle. This ratio is
proportional to the duty cycle and is given by:

(

10 log Duty Cycle [%]
100
●

)

This assumes no modulation during the burst. Modulation during the burst will increase this ratio by its
own peak-to-average ratio. Due to this characteristic of burst signals, care must be taken to keep the
peak power below the maximum rated input power of the sensor.

☛

2-26

NOTE: If the burst average power is too low or if the bursts are too narrow, the 8540C may
lose sync with the bursts and fail to display the burst average power. When this happens, the
BAP mode indicator on the front panel will flash and the meter will display total average power
as in MAP Mode. The conditions under which the 8540C may lose sync are listed in Section
B.2.2.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.16

Burst Start Exclude, Burst End Exclude
When measuring burst signals, it is sometimes desirable to mask the beginning or the end of a burst so
that overshoot and other distortions do not affect the reading. For example, the GSM test specification
for burst power measurements requires exclusion of the first 5% of the burst.
The Burst Start Exclude and Burst End Exclude features make it possible for BAP mode measurements
to exclude the beginning or the end of a burst in this way. Both features can be used simultaneously, but
this requires caution: if the excluded periods overlap, there is nothing left of the burst to be measured. If
the entire burst is excluded, the BURST AVG LED on the front panel will flash on the screen to the
right of the sensor power units, and the meter will revert to average measurement in the style of the
MAP mode.
The duration of the excluded period is not specified directly; instead, the number of samples to be
excluded is specified, which yields a guaranteed minimum exclude time of 90 µs × (n + .5) where n is
the number of samples. The actual amount of time excluded may substantially exceed this minimum.
In typical applications, it is sufficient to exclude one sample, which yields a guaranteed minimum
exclude time of 135 µs.

Burst Start Exclude

Power

Burst Width

Exclude

Include

Time

Burst End Exclude
Burst Width

Power

Include

Exclude

Time
Figure 2-7: Burst Start Exclude & Burst End Exclude

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-27

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.6.17

Burst Dropout
In the BAP mode, average power is measured only during bursts. Because, in this mode, the bursts are
automatically detected by the power meter, the user need not be aware of the burst repetition rate in
order to make the measurement.
However, the BAP measurement algorithm defines bursts in a way which may be considered undesirable
in some applications. In the example illustrated below, a 3.5 ms burst is followed by an OFF period of the
same duration. During the burst, two brief dropouts occur. Normally, in BAP mode, each dropout would
be interpreted as the end of a burst; the BAP algorithm would interpret the burst as three separate
bursts, and the dropouts would be excluded from the average power measurement. As a result, the
average power reading would be artificially raised.
When the Burst Dropout feature is enabled, the BAP algorithm is modified so that a dropout of
sufficiently brief duration is not interpreted as the end of a burst. In the example below, dropout time is
specified at 350 µs. The two dropouts, which occur during the burst have a duration of less than 350 µs;
therefore the entire burst is interpreted as a single burst, and the dropouts are included in the average
power measurement. The 3.5 ms OFF period following the burst is interpreted as the end of the burst,
because it exceeds 350 µs in duration.
This feature must be configured and interpreted with care. The dropout time is selected from a series of
discrete values (.17 ms, .26 ms, .35 ms, and so on up to 31.96 ms); however, these are only the
guaranteed minimum values. In practice, the BAP algorithm may tolerate dropouts up to 2.15 times as
long as the minimum value. Therefore, the time between bursts must be at least 2.2 times as long as the
selected dropout time (because, if the time between bursts is less than the tolerated dropout time, the
BAP algorithm never recognizes the end of a burst, and the signal is simply averaged, as if the MAP
mode had been selected). Also, dropouts occurring at the end of a burst are a problem, because the BAP
algorithm cannot distinguish them from the end of the burst itself; there should be at least 250 µs of
burst remaining after the last dropout within that burst.

Burst Dropout
(Dropped Time = 350 µs)

350 µs

Burst definition does not
cover this 3.5 ms period
because it exceeds 350 µs

Power

(dropout time)

Burst definition covers this
entire time period, including
the two dropouts because
they are <350 µs

245 µs
Dropout

280 µs
Dropout

Time

Figure 2-8: Burst Dropout

2-28

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.18

Optimizing Measurement Speed
In many power measurement situations, measurement speed is defined in terms of settling time
following a step change in average power. In other words, it is desired to know the average power level
within some specified tolerance as quickly as possible following a power level change. This is often
accomplished by setting up the power meter in free-run mode over the GPIB and monitoring the
collected measurement data with the host computer until it falls within the predetermined tolerance
window.
The Auto average feature of the 8540C eliminates the need for the host computer to do any data
monitoring and can be set up to automatically output measurement data when it has settled to within
the specified tolerance. This is done by triggering each measurement with a TR2 command and waiting
for the meter to signal the host with an SRQ. The SRQ is asserted and the data is put on the bus as soon
as the power measurement has averaged long enough to be within the specified tolerance.
The tolerance is specified by including the measurement settling tolerance parameter with an FA
command (Auto average on). This parameter is specified in terms of percentage. For example, if a
measurement settling tolerance of 1% is specified, the 8540C Auto average algorithm will specify an
averaging time just long enough so that the result put on the bus is within ±0.5% (that is, ±0.02 dB) of
the average power. Thus, the settled measurement data is available on the bus in the minimum time
necessary to be within the specified tolerance.
The tolerance specified in the FA command is a target tolerance. For example, it is possible that the
peak-to-peak power variation of the signal being measured is so great that the maximum averaging time
of 20 seconds is not long enough to reduce the variation to within the specified tolerance. It is also
possible that the rate of power variation is so slow that more than 20 seconds of averaging is required. In
these cases, further averaging would have to be done by the host computer.
The following example program shows how to set up a triggered measurement, optimized for speed using
the auto averaging feature:
Tr2:
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt
ENABLE INTR 7
OUTPUT 713;*SRE41
OUTPUT 713;CS
OUTPUT 713;TR2
Data_ready=0
WHILE Data_ready=0
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt:
State=SPOLL(713)
IF BIT(State,0) THEN
Data_ready=1
ENTER 713;Tr2_reading
OUTPUT 713;CS
OUTPUT 713;*SRE0
END IF
RETURN

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

! Read using TR2 command
! Set up SRQ interrupt
! Enable SRQ interrupt
! Set service request mask
! Clear status byte
! Trigger measurement
! Clear flag
! Wait for data ready

! SRQ jumps here
! Get status byte
! If the Data Ready bit is set...
! Set the flag
! Read the measurement
! Clear the status byte
! Clear the service request mask

2-29

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.6.19

Peak Power Measurements
Peak power sensors directly measure the amplitude of pulsed microwave signals. The direct sampling
technique is more accurate than traditional duty cycle correction methods. The sample position can be
displayed on an oscilloscope.

2.6.20

Calibrate a peak power sensor and connect it to a pulsed microwave source.

Press [MENU]. Go to Sensor Setup, and select internal, external, or CW triggering.

Select the desired trigger level (for internal or external triggering).

Select the desired sample delay (for internal or external triggering).

Optionally, set the desired delay offset (for internal or external triggering).

Connect the peak power sensor’s Detector Out to an oscilloscope to view the sample position.
For 80350A Peak Power Sensors, also connect the sensor’s Sample Delay output to the
oscilloscope and trigger on that channel.

Measuring an Attenuator (Single Channel Method)
Attenuators are useful for many applications. With the 8540C, attenuators can be calibrated quickly
and accurately. The single channel calibration procedure outlined below is efficient for calibrating at a
single frequency or at a limited number of frequencies.

2-30

Connect the power sensor to the signal source through a 6 dB attenuator (a matching pad) and
adjust the source output power to about 0 dBm. Verify that the source output is stable.

Press [FREQ] and enter the operating frequency (this step is optional).

From the Main menu, press [Rel] to set the reference level.

Insert the attenuator to be calibrated between the matching pad and the power sensor.

Record the attenuator value.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.21

Improving Accuracy
Mismatch uncertainty is the largest source of error in power measurement. The 6 dB pad that is used in
the attenuator calibration procedure above reduces mismatch uncertainty by effectively improving the
return loss (or reducing the SWR) of the source. Mismatch uncertainty is large when a device has a
poor impedance match relative to 50 Ω.
Poorly matched devices reflect a large proportion of incident signals and create standing waves along
the transmission line. At various points along the transmission line, the standing wave will be at
maximum or minimum amplitude. Mismatch uncertainty is a measure of the deviation between these
amplitude levels.
Inserting an attenuator into the transmission line reduces mismatch uncertainty by reducing the
amplitude of the reflected signal, thereby reducing the difference between a standing wave’s maximum
and minimum levels.
Compared to an attenuator, most microwave sources have poor impedance matching. Using the 6 dB
attenuator during the calibration has the effect of lowering the SWR of the microwave source. The only
compromise is a corresponding 6 dB reduction in the source’s dynamic range when the 6 dB attenuator
is attached.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-31

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2.6.22

Performance Verification
Verifying accuracy and calibrating test equipment are essential to microwave engineers and technicians.
Accurate, repeatable measurements are required for validating designs, certifying calibrations, making
engineering decisions, approving product components, certifying standards, and verifying performance
specifications.
1.

A 6 dB attenuator is placed at the input port of a power splitter to provide a good impedance match
from the source. This effectively reduces the VSWR of the source. Depending on the signal quality
of your source over frequency, additional attenuation may be desirable. A two-resistor power splitter
provides consistently matched power levels at its output ports, X and Y. The largest sources of error
are power splitter tracking errors and mismatch uncertainty.

Connect the reference standard power meter to power splitter output X, and the power meter to be
verified to splitter output Y.

Adjust the source frequency to a standard reference frequency (50 MHz for most power meters).

Enter the operating frequency or frequency cal factors into the power meters.

Adjust the source amplitude to the maximum sensor operating level (+20 dBm for standard
sensors).

Zero each power meter and record the measurement values immediately after settling.

Adjust the source for +19 dBm output level and repeat Step 6.

Continue testing at 1 dB increments through the rest of the standard sensor’s 90 dB dynamic range.

Calculate measurement uncertainty and compare the measured results to the specified tolerances.

At low power levels, be sure to zero the sensor prior to taking measurements. At levels below -55 dBm,
the measurements should be recorded just after zeroing is completed. The zeroing process must be
repeated periodically, depending on the operating level, due to drift characteristics.

2-32

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Front Panel Operation
2.6.23

Sources of Error
In the previous accuracy verification procedure, there are four sources of error:
•
•
•
•

Source output level variation
Power splitter output tracking
Power meter X total measurement uncertainty
Power meter Y total measurement uncertainty

Worst case uncertainty, which should be used for calibration purposes, is the arithmetic sum of all four
of these sources of error.
Source output level variation occurs in all microwave sources. This happens when the signal source
output level changes during the time it takes to record the displayed value on power meter X and then
to read the displayed value on power meter Y. This source of error can be minimized by using a
laboratory grade signal source.
Power splitter output tracking errors are the maximum signal level variation at the splitter X output as
compared to the splitter Y output.
Total measurement uncertainty for each of the power meters is the worst case combination of mismatch
uncertainty, instrument accuracy, and sensor accuracy.
Mismatch uncertainty is calculated from the reflection coefficients of the sensor and the splitter
(source) according to the following formula:
M (dB) = 20 log
where ρ =

[1+
_ (ρSENSOR) (ρSOURCE)]

VSWR- 1
VSWR+ 1

For a source mismatch specified in terms of return loss (RL), the equation should be modified according
to:

ρSOURCE= 10
where ρ =

-RL (dB)
20

The following factors affect instrument accuracy:
•
•

Instrument linearity or instrumentation uncertainty
Reference calibrator setability or power reference uncertainty

The following factors affect sensor accuracy:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Calibration factor uncertainty
Calibrator to sensor (or power reference to sensor) mismatch uncertainty
Noise
Zero set
Calibration pad uncertainty (for thermal-based power meters only)
Sensor linearity

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

2-33

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

2-34

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3
Remote Operation
3.1

Introduction
The Series 8540C can be operated from a remote host over the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB)
using either Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI) or IEEE Standard 488-1978
(Digital Interface for Programmable Instruments)commands.
Table 3-1 shows which functions of the IEEE 488 standards are implemented in the 8540C.
Table 3-1: Implemented IEEE Standards
Function

3.1.1

8540C Implementation

Source Handshake

SH1 (complete capability)

Acceptor Handshake

AH1 (complete capability)

Talker

T5 (basic talker, serial poll, talk only mode, unaddressed if MLA)

Extended Talker

TE0 (no capability)

Listener

L3 (basic listener, listen only mode, unaddressed if MTA)

Extended Listener

LE0 (no capability)

Service Request

SR1 (complete capability)

Remote/Local

RL1 (complete capability)

Parallel Poll

PP1 (remote configuration)

Device Clear

DC1 (complete capability)

Device Trigger

DT1 (complete capability)

Controller

C0 (no capability)

Sending Commands to the 8540C
The 8540C power meter uses standard protocols for communication over the GPIB. Commands
conform to IEEE 488.1 or IEEE 488.2 guidelines. Three emulation modes (HP436, HP437, and HP438)
are available for users of power meters who cannot rewrite their application software.
The program examples in this chapter are written in HTBasic™ format (HTBasic is a trademark of
TransEra Corporation). Other languages would use different commands but the string that is sent or
received will always be the same. In HTBasic, the OUTPUT command sends a string to the GPIB. The
number after OUTPUT is the GPIB address of the instrument.
The factory-set default address of the 8540C is 13 and the address of the GPIB is assumed to be 7;
therefore, examples of command strings in this manual are preceded by OUTPUT 713;.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
The GPIB address can be set from the front panel to any number from 0 to 30. GPIB address 40 will set
the instrument to the listen only mode. Address 50 sets the instrument to the talk only mode. To
change the GPIB operating mode or address, enter the menu system with the MENU key. Select the
SETUP menu using the up/down arrow keys. ENTER this sub menu system and select the GPIB setup
menu key. The operating mode and GPIB address can be set in the GPIB setup menu using the arrow
keys. Press ENTER to save your selection or press ESCAPE (the menu key) to exit without saving.

3.1.2

Clear Device
The interface command CLEAR 713 resets the GPIB and sets the 8540C to its preset condition.

3.1.3

Clear Interface
The interface command ABORT 7 resets the GPIB without resetting the 8540C to its preset condition.
The 8540C will not be addressed after the abort.

3.1.4

Local and Remote Control
The interface command LOCAL 713 places the 8540C into the local control mode.
The interface command REMOTE 713 places the 8540C into the remote control mode. Enter LOCAL
713 to return the instrument to local mode.
The interface command LOCAL LOCKOUT 7 places the 8540C in the local lockout mode. This is a
remote control mode in which all of the 8540C front panel keys are disabled. The GPIB LOCAL
command must be issued to return the 8540C to local mode (disconnecting the GPIB cable will also
return the instrument to local mode).

3.1.5

Sensor Selection and Calibration
Power sensor selection data, specifications, and calibration (local and remote) are contained in
Appendix B of this manual.

3-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.1.6

Polling
The GPIB supports parallel and serial polling. The example programs below show how to use the
parallel and serial poll capabilities of the 8540C to determine when a requested zeroing operation is
completed.

Parallel Polling
Ppoll_zero
PRINT entering parallel poll zero routine
PPOLL CONFIGURE 713;8
OUTPUT 713;CS AEZE
State=0
WHILE State 1
State=PPOLL(7)
END WHILE PPOLL UNCONFIGURE 713
PRINT parallel zero done RETURN

! zero using parallel poll
! configure response on bit zero
! clear status byte, zero channel A
! initialize variable
! stay here until zero done
! read the poll
! cancel parallel poll mode

Serial Polling
Srq_zero:
PRINT entering SRQ interrupt zero routine
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt
OUTPUT 713;CS
ENABLE INTR 7;2
OUTPUT 713;@1;CHR$(2)
OUTPUT 713;AEZE
Flag=0
WHILE Flag=0
WAIT 1
PRINT Still inside while loop
END WHILE
PRINT SRQ interrupt zero done
RETURN
Srq_interrupt:
PRINT an SRQ interrupt has occurred
Example:OUTPUT 713;CS
Flag=1
RETURN

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

! zero with an srq interrupt

! clear status byte
! enable srq interrupts
! enable srq handshake
! execute zero command
! test flag reset to false
! stay here until test flag set true

! SRQ interrupts jump here
! clear status byte
! set control flag true

3-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.1.7

Data Output Formats (Standard Measurement Collection
Mode)
The data output format for the standard measurement collection mode is:
± D.DDDDE± NNCRLF
±:
D.DDDD:
E:
±:
NN:
CR:
LF:

3.1.8

Sign of the Mantissa
Mantissa (5 digits)
Exponent (indicates that an exponent follows)
Sign of the Exponent
Magnitude of the Exponent
Carriage Return
Line Feed

Data Output Formats (Fast Measurement Collection
Modes)
Data output formats for the swift and fast buffered modes are expressed in the form of a signed five-digit
number with two digits to the right of the decimal and no exponents. In some cases multiple values are
sent:
One sensor swift mode:
Two sensor swift mode:
Fast buffered mode:

3.1.9

±DDD.DD CRLF
±DDD.DD,±DDD.DD CRLF
±DDD.DD, . . . . .±DDD.DD CRLF

Power-On Default Conditions
The interface wake-up state is:
GPIB Local Mode
Unaddressed, Service Request Mask Cleared
Status Byte Cleared
TR3 Free Run Trigger Mode Set
GT2 Group Execute Trigger Mode Set
Parallel Poll Data Line Unassigned
Display Enabled
Service Request Mask Cleared
Event Status Register = 128
Event Status Mask Clear

3-4

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.2

Command Syntax
The elements of the 8540C interface commands are introduced below. The discussion is general.
Because some commands are included for the sake of compatibility with earlier models, there are some
variations in syntax from one command to another which must be carefully accommodated.

3.2.1

Functions
At a minimum, the interface command includes a function code. The function indicates the nature and
purpose of the command. Some commands contain a function code and nothing else. For example, the
function AP, which causes the 8540C to measure power using the A sensor, stands alone as a command.
Commands which consist only of a function code are referred to in this manual as simple commands.
However, most commands consist of a function code combined with other elements.
Functions are listed alphabetically in the Command Set tables (see Section 3.3).

3.2.2

Prefixes
Some commands must begin with a prefix that identifies the sensor to which the command applies. For
example, function code ZE (which causes a sensor to be zeroed) must be combined with a prefix in order
to specify which sensor is zeroed. The full command is either AE ZE (for sensor A) or BE ZE (for
sensor B).
Many of the commands described in this chapter are stated to require an AE or BE prefix, which
specifies the sensor that will be affected by the command. In some situations, the prefix can be omitted.
When the 8540C receives a command containing a sensor-specific prefix, it assumes that all subsequent
commands refer to the same sensor until a command is received which specifies the other sensor.
Therefore, if a command prefixed by AE is received, subsequent commands can omit the prefix provided
that they are intended for Sensor A.
Because Model 8541C supports only one sensor, the AE and BE prefixes can be omitted from any
command issued to that model.
It does no harm to include the prefix even when it is superfluous; some users may find that the most
convenient approach is to include the prefix in all applicable commands.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.2.3

Variables
Some commands must include one or more variables to specify quantities or options for the command.
For example, the function code ANALOG (which is used in commands that configure the analog
output) is combined with many different variables to specify different aspects of the analog output. In
the command
ANALOG STD TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0
the variables are interpreted as follows:
STD

Specifies the standard analog output (as opposed to the optional second output).

TOP

Specifies the top line of the display.

LOG

Specifies that power is to be measured in logarithmic units (that is, dB or dBm).

-80.0

Specifies that the low end of the analog output voltage range represents -80 dBm in.

+20.0

Specifies that the high end of the analog output voltage range represents +20 dBm in.

0.00

Specifies that the low end of the analog output range is 0 volts.

10.0

Specifies that the high end of the analog output range is 10 volts.

In the above example, the numeric variables are strung together, with separator characters between
them (see Separators below). However, in some commands, numeric variables are preceded in the
command string by the variable name. For example, in the command FBUF PRE TTL BUFFER 200
TIME 1300, the numeric variables known as buffer and time are identified by name within the string.
Many variables are qualitative rather than quantitative; they select from among the various modes or
options available for a particular function.

3.2.4

Suffixes
Some commands require a terminating suffix. For example, the function code DY specifies a duty cycle.
It requires an AE or BE prefix (to indicate which channel is meant), and a numeric variable (to indicate
the duty cycle as a percentage). Finally, the command must include a terminating suffix (the choices of
suffix in this case are EN, PCT, and %). The command AE DY 50 % sets the duty cycle for channel A
to 50 percent.

☛

3-6

NOTE: Some commands that include numeric variables require a terminating suffix. However,
many other commands do not require terminating suffixes, and interface problems will occur if
the suffixes are used in commands which don’t need them. Each command must be used so
that its particular syntax requirements are met.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.2.5

Separators
Spaces, commas, colons, and semicolons can be used as separators between the various elements of a
command (function codes, variables, etc.). Commands are usually spelled out in this manual with spaces
inserted between the elements (for example, SWIFT PRE GET BUFFER 100), for the sake of
readability. Although separators within a command are permitted, they are usually not required; in the
command descriptions in this chapter (beginning with Section 3.4), required separators are noted.

3.2.6

Command Format Illustrations
A command format is used in this chapter to show the possible elements of a command, as shown below:
[AE or BE] DY [n] [EN or PCT or %]
Variables are shown within brackets. In this example, the prefix can be AE or BE, the function is
DY, a numerical variable [n] follows the function, and the suffix at the end can be EN, PCT, or %.
Possible commands which use this example format include AE DY 42 % and BE DY 29.5 EN.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.3

Series 8540C Command Codes

3.3.1

IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
Table 3-2 lists the IEE 488.2 common commands that are implemented in the 8540C. For further
information refer to the manual section cited in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: IEEE 488.2 Command Set
Command

3-8

Description

Section

*CLS

Clear status byte

3.30.1

*ESE

Set Event Status Enable Register

3.30.2

*ESE?

Ask for current status of Event Status Enable Register

3.30.2

*ESR?

Ask for and clear Event Status Register bits

3.30.2

*IDN?

Ask for instrument ID

3.14

*RST

Software reset1

3.26

*SRE

Set the service request mask

3.30.1

*SRE?

Ask for service request mask

3.30.1

*STB?

Ask for status byte

3.30.1

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.3.2

8540C Function Codes
Table 3-3 lists the function codes that are applicable when the instrument is in the 8541C mode or the
8542C mode. Most of these codes do not stand alone; commands; prefixes, variables, and suffixes must
be combined with them. For further information refer to the sections cited in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes
Command
@1

Description

Section

Set service request mask

3.30.1

Set learn mode 2 data

3.15.2

?ID

Ask for instrument ID

3.14

Measure A-B

3.29

Configure analog output

3.4

ANALOG
AP

Measure sensor A

3.29

Measure A/B

3.29

BAP
BD

BAP mode
Measure B-A

3.19.4
3.29

Measure sensor B

3.29

Measure B/A

3.29

BSPE

Burst end exclude

3.20

BSTE

Burst start exclude

3.20

BTDP

Burst dropout

3.20.3

Select active measurement line for subsequent commands

3.4.1

Calibrate sensor

3.7

Ask for crest factor value

3.9

CRF
CR

Crest factor

Clear status byte

CW mode

3.19

Test LCD display

3.10

DC0

Duty cycle disable

3.11

DC1

Duty cycle enable

3.11

Display disable

3.10

Display enable

3.10

Display user message

3.10

Set duty cycle

3.11

Sensor EEPROM query

3.12

Auto averaging

3.5

EEPROM
FA
FBUF

3.9
3.30.1

Fast buffered mode

3.18.3

Hold current averaging number

3.5.1

Set averaging number

3.5.2

FMOD

Fast modulated mode

3.18.5

Frequency

3.13

GT0

Cancel GET

3.17.2

GT1

GET single measurement

3.17.2

GT2

GET full measurement with settling

3.17.2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-9

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes (Continued)
Command
ID

Ask for instrument ID

Section
3.14

Enter cal factor

3.6

Log units (dB or dBm)

3.32

Set high limit

3.16

Set low limit

3.16

LM0

Disable limit checking

3.16

LM1

Enable limit checking

3.16

Linear units (Watts or %)

3.32

LP1

Ask for learn mode #1 string

3.15.1
3.15.2

LP2

Ask for learn mode #2 output

MAP

MAP mode

3.19

MAX

Ask for max value

3.21

MEAS

Ask for measurement mode

3.19.6

MIN

Ask for minimum value

3.21

MN0

Min/max disable

3.21

MN1

Min/max enable

3.21

OC0

Disable calibrator source

3.8

OC1

Enable calibrator source

3.8

OF0

Offset disable

3.22

OF1

Offset enable

3.22

Set offset value

PAP
PEAK
PH
PKH

PAP mode
Peak sensor settings

3.22 & 3.22.3
3.19
3.24 & 3.25

Peak hold

3.23

Ask for peak hold value

3.23

Preset the 8540C1

3.26

Recall a saved instrument state

3.31

Display resolution

3.28

RL0

Disable relative measurement

3.27

RL1

Enable relative measurement

3.27

RL2

Use old reference for relative measurement

3.27

Ask for service request mask

3.30.1

Ask for status message

3.30.3

ST
SWIFT

Store instrument state
Swift mode

3.31
3.18.4

TR0

Trigger hold mode

3.17

TR1

Trigger single measurement

3.17

TR2

Trigger full measure with settling

3.17

TR3

Free run trigger mode

3.17

Configure VPROPF feature

3.33

Sensor zeroing

3.34

VPROP F
ZE

3-10

Description

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.3.3

HP437 Emulation GPIB Command Set
The GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP437 emulation mode.
Footnotes appear at the end of Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation
Command

Description

*CLS

Clear all Status Registers2

*ESE

set the event status enable mask3

*ESE?

event status register enable mask query3

*ESR?

event status register query3

*IDN?

GPIB identification query2

*RST

Software reset

*SRE

Set the Service Request Mask value2

*SRE?

Service Request Mask query

*STB?

Read the Status Byte

*TST?

Self test query

Prefix for Status Mask

Learn mode prefix

CAL1

Clear the Status Byte

CT0 - CT9
DA

clear sensor data tables 0 thru 9 [ignored]
All display segments on

DC0

Duty Cycle on

DC1

Duty Cycle off

Display disable

Display enable

down arrow emulation [ignored]

Display user message

DY
ERR?
ET0 - ET9
EX

Duty Cycle (enter duty cycle value)
device error query
edit sensor cal factor table 0 thru 9 [ignored]
exit [ignored]

automatic filter selection

manual filter selection1

frequency entry

GT0

ignore Group Execute Trigger (GET) bus command

GT1

trigger immediate response to GET command

GT2

trigger with Delay response to GET command

GPIB identification query

Cal Factor1

Log display

High limit1

Low limit1

LM0
LM1
LN

Disable limits checking function
Enable limits checking function
Linear display

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-11

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation (Continued)
Command

Description

LP2

HP437 learn mode

Left arrow [ignored]

OC0

Reference oscillator off

OC1

Reference oscillator on

Output display text [ignored]

OF0

Offset off - Local

OF1

Offset on - Local

Offset (enter offset value)

Preset

Auto range4

Recall1

Resolution1

RF0 - RF9

Enter sensor ref cal factor [ignored]

Range hold4

RL0

Exit REL mode

RL1

Enter REL mode using REL value

RL2

Use old ref number

Set range1, 4

Right arrow [ignored]

Read Service Request Mask value

Sensor [ignored]

Status Message

SN0 - SN9
ST

enter sensor serial number [ignored]
Store instrument state

TR0

Trigger hold

TR1

Trigger immediate

TR2

Trigger with delay

TR3

Trigger - free run

Up arrow [up arrow]

Zero

Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.

3-12

A numeric entry is required by these GPIB codes, followed by the code EN (ENTER).
This GPIB code uses the next 6 characters (0-9, A-Z, or an underscore) as input data.
The asterisk (*) must be included as part of the GPIB command string.
The 8540C can always measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, range-related
commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range commands
only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these emulation
modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of 0 to 1 volts,
representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range commands will
simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.3.4

HP438 Emulation GPIB Command Set
These are the GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP438
emulation mode. Footnotes appear at the end of Table 3-5.
Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation
Command

Description

?ID

Ask for ID (the old way)

Prefix for Service Request Mask

@1;CHR$(4)

Set Service Request Mask to 4

Measure A-B

Specifies the A sensor

Measure sensor A

Measure A/B

Measure B-A

Specifies the B sensor

Measure sensor B

Measure B/A

CL1

Calibrate sensor (precede with AE or BE)

Clear status byte

Test LCD display

Display disable

Display enable

Set auto average filtering (precede with AE or BE)

Hold preset average number (precede with AE or BE)

Set averaging number

GT0

Group execute trigger cancel

GT1

Group execute trigger single measurement

GT2

Group execute trigger full measurement with settling

Cal Factor

Set Log units (dB or dBm)

High limit

Low limit

LM0

Disable limit checking

LM1

Enable limit checking

Set linear units (Watts or %)

LP1

Set learn mode #1

LP2

Set learn mode #2

OC0

Turn off calibrator source

OC1

Turn on calibrator source

Offset

Preset the instrument to a known state

RA2

Resume autorange [not supported]

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-13

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation (Continued)
Command

Description

Recall previous instrument state

RH2

Do a range hold

RL0

Turn off rel mode

RL1

Turn on rel mode

RM2

Set manual range

Ask for status request mask

Ask for status message

Store instrument state

TR0

Trigger hold mode

TR1

Trigger single measurement

TR2

Trigger full measurement with settling

TR3

Free run trigger mode

Zero sensor (precede with AE or BE)

Notes:
1.
2.

3-14

A numeric entry is required by these GPIB codes, followed by the EN suffix.
The 8540C is always able to measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, rangerelated commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range
commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these
emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of
0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range
commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.3.5

HP436 Emulation GBIP Command Set
Table 3-6 lists the GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP436
emulation mode:
Table 3-6: 8540C Command Set for HP436 Emulation
Command

Description

Set range 5

Set range 4

Set range 3

Set range 2

Set range 1

Set auto range

Set linear units (Watts)

Set relative mode

Set relative value

Set Log units (dBm)

Zero sensor

Enable cal factors

Disable cal factors (ignored)

Set TR0 mode

Set TR2 mode

Set TR1 mode

Set TR3 mode

Notes:
1.

The 8540C is always able to measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, rangerelated commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range
commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these
emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of
0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range
commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage.
In HP436 emulation, the specified range is also indicated in the power data strings returned to the host.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-15

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.4

Analog Output

3.4.1

Standard Output
Commands relating to the standard analog output (that is, the rear panel analog output which is
installed in all instruments, not the optional second output) are based on the ANALOG function code,
as described below.

Enabling and Disabling the Output
The ANALOG function can enable or disable the analog outputs. The command format for this
purpose is:
Syntax:

ANALOG STD STATE [ON or OFF]
STD indicates that the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured.
STATE indicates that the analog output ON/OFF status is being configured.
The variables ON and OFF indicate whether the analog output is to be enabled or
disabled.

Example:

OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD STATE ON
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE OFF

! Enable analog output
! Disable analog output

Setting Options for the Output
The ANALOG function can also configure various aspects of the analog output. The command format
is:
Syntax:

ANALOG STD [TOP or BOT] [LG or LN] [a b c d]
STD indicates the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured.
[TOP or BOT] specifies the top or bottom line of the display.
[LG or LN] specifies logarithmic (dBm) or linear (Watts) measurement.
The command string ends with four numeric variables (with at least one separator character between each pair of them), which define the relationship between the input power
range and the output voltage range:
a:
b:
c:
d:

power level represented by the minimum output voltage,
power level represented by the maximum output voltage,
minimum output voltage,
maximum output voltage.

Valid power range numbers are -100 to +100 [dBm] for LOG, or 0 to 1E15 [Watts] for LIN. Valid
voltage range numbers are 0.00 to +10.00 [VDC].
Examples:

OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0
! Configure the analog output top line display channel as follows:
! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD BOT LIN 0.00, 1.00E-3, 0.0, 1.0
! Configure the analog output bottom as follows
! linear units, 0 to 1.00 mW, 0 to 1 volt output

3-16

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.4.2

Optional Speed Count
Commands relating to the optional second analog output (also see Option 06 in Appendix C) are based
on the ANALOG function code, as described below.

Enabling and Disabling the Output
The ANALOG function can enable or disable the optional analog output. The command format for
this purpose is:
Syntax:

ANALOG OPT STATE [ON or OFF]
OPT indicates that the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured.
STATE indicates that the analog output ON/OFF status is being configured.
The variables ON and OFF indicate whether the analog output is to be enabled or
disabled.

Example:

OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE ON
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE OFF

! Enable second analog output
! Disable second analog output

Setting Options for the Output
The ANALOG function can also configure various aspects of the analog output. The command format
is:
Syntax:

ANALOG OPT [TOP or BOT] [LG or LN] [a b c d]
OPT indicates the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured.
[TOP or BOT] specifies the top or bottom line of the display.
[LG or LN] specifies logarithmic (dBm) or linear (Watts) measurement.
The command string ends with four numeric variables (with at least one separator character between each pair of them), which define the relationship between the input power
range and the output voltage range:
a:
b:
c:
d:

power level represented by the minimum output voltage,
power level represented by the maximum output voltage,
minimum output voltage,
maximum output voltage.

Valid power range numbers are -100 to +100 [dBm] for LOG, or 0 to 1E15 [Watts] for LIN. Valid
voltage range numbers are 0.00 to +10.00 [VDC] (or -10.00 to +10.00, depending on Option 06
configuration).
Examples:

OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0
! Configure the second analog output top line display channel
! as follows:
! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT BOT LIN 0.00, 1.00E-3, 0.0, 1.0
! Configure the second analog output bottom line display
! channel as follows:
! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-17

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.5

Averaging

3.5.1

Auto Averaging
The 8540C is normally used in the auto averaging mode. The power meter chooses an averaging factor
that is appropriate for the ambient noise level.

Activating the Auto Filter Mode
The command which activates auto averaging for a sensor is based on the FA function. The command
format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] FA
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
FA activates the auto filter mode for the selected sensor.

Example:

OUTPUT 713;AE FA

! activate auto averaging filtering for sensor A

Setting the Measurement Settling Target
In the auto averaging mode, the 8540C chooses the lowest averaging factor that will yield a stable
measurement at the present resolution setting. Stability is defined in terms of peak to peak variation in
the measurement; the variation target value is expressed as a percentage of average power. Default
values for this Measurement Settling Target are:
Table 3-7: Measurement Setting Target Default Values
Resolution

Peak to Peak Variation

xx.

25% (∼1 dB)

xx.x

4.7% (∼.2 dB)

xx.xx

0.46% (∼.02 dB)

xx.xxx

0.10% (∼.004 dB)

Because the target value affects the speed of measurement, it is possible to increase measurement speed
by increasing the target value (a small increase in the target value can result in a large increase in
speed). If the auto averaging mode is selected using the front panel menus, or the AE FA or BE FA
commands as described above, the default target values shown in the table are used. However, it is
possible to add a numeric variable after FA in order to specify a different target value:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] FA [t] [EN % or PCT]
[t] represents the measurement settling target value in per cent, and has a valid range of
0.10 to 100.00.

Example:

3-18

OUTPUT 713;BE FA .8 %

! activate auto averaging filtering for sensor B, with
! a measurement settling target of .8%

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
Freezing the Present Averaging Number
The command which causes auto filtering to hold its present averaging number is based on the FH
function. The command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] FH
[AE or BE] prefix specifies sensor A or Sensor B.
FH causes the 8540C to hold its present averaging number; auto averaging is deactivated.

Example:

3.5.2

OUTPUT 713;BE FH

! hold present average number for sensor B

Manual Averaging
The averaging number can be specified directly. The commands for this purpose are based on the FM
function. The command format is:
Syntax:[AE or BE] FM [v] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
FM specifies manual averaging.
[v] has allowable values of 0 through 9. Each value represents a particular averaging number. The
numbers are shown in Table 3-8.
A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Table 3-8: Numbering Averaging
Value of v

Averaging Number

Value of v

Averaging Number

128

256

512

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE FM 2 EN

! set averaging number to 4

OUTPUT 713;AE FM 8 EN

! set averaging number to 256

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-19

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.6

Cal Factors
You should not need to employ the command described below with the 8540C; it is included here for
the sake of compatibility with remote programs written for older power meters.
When a sensor is attached to the 8540C, the power meter automatically loads calibration factors from
an EEPROM in the sensor. This data is frequency related, and in order for the 8540C to make use of it,
the user must supply frequency information to the power meter, either by means of the front panel
FREQ key, by means of the GPIB FR command (see FREQUENCY, Section 3.13), or by means of the
VPROPF input. Once the frequency has been specified, the 8540C automatically applies the appropriate
cal factor to each reading.
The KB function code specifies a cal factor which is to be used in place of the cal factors stored in the
sensor EEPROM. The command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] KB [n] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[n] specifies a cal factor, expressed as a percentage with a valid range of 1.0 to 150.0.
A terminating suffix is required (EN).

Examples:

3-20

OUTPUT 713;AE KB 96 EN

! enter a 96% cal factor for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE KB 102 EN

! enter 102% cal factor for sensor B

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.7

Calibration
Commands which cause the 8540C to calibrate a sensor are based on the CL function code. The
command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] CL [n] [EN or PCT or %]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[n] represents a reference calibration factor of n%. The 8540C makes no use of this
variable; instead it reads cal factors from the sensor EEPROM. The variable is included in
the command format only for compatibility with power meters which require it. Any value
between 50 and 120 can be entered for n.
A terminating suffix is required (EN, PCT, or %).

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE CL 100 EN

! Calibrate sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE CL 100 EN

! Calibrate sensor B

The appropriate sensor must be attached to the calibrator output for the calibration process to function.
If the sensor is not attached, the calibration will fail, and operation will continue as before.

Calibration Routine
The following is an example of a GPIB program to calibrate a sensor. It is strongly recommended that
this format be followed for remote calibration. Note that the service request feature is used to determine
when the calibration has completed; this will result in the fastest calibration routine.
Calibrate:
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt
ENABLE INTR 7;2
OUTPUT 713;*SRE010
OUTPUt 713;CS
OUTPUT 713;CL100EN
Flag=0
WHILE Flag=0
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt:
OUTPUT 713;*STB?
ENTER 713;State
IF BIT(State, 1) THEN
PRINT GOOD CAL
ELSE
IF BIT(State, 3) THEN
PRINT BAD CAL
ENDIF
ENDIF
OUTPUT 713;CS
Flag=1
RETURN

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

! calibration routine
! setup serial poll interrupt
! jump location
! enable SRQ interrupts
! set service request mask to 2
! clear status byte
! start calibration
reset control flag
! wait while calibrating

! SRQ interrupts jump here

! clear status byte
! set control flag true

3-21

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.8

Calibrator Source
The 8540C Calibrator output (a fixed 50 MHz signal at 0 dBm) is activated and deactivated by means of
two simple commands:
Syntax:

[OC1 or OC0]

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;OC

! turn on calibrator source

OUTPUT 713;OC0

! turn off calibrator source

☛

3-22

NOTE: This command is needed for test purposes only. The calibrator source is enabled
automatically during calibration of a sensor.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.9

Crest Factor
The Crest Factor feature holds on to the highest instantaneous power measured from the time the
feature is enabled until it is reset; it is similar to the Peak Hold feature, except that the measurement is
expressed as a ratio in relation to average power.

☛
3.9.1

NOTE: The Crest Factor feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections
modes (not in the fast modes), and only in a modulated measurement mode (MAP, PAP, or
BAP). Crest Factor is not recommended for use in combination with the VPROPF function.

Enabling the Crest Factor Feature
The Crest Factor feature is enabled or disabled by one of two function codes:
Syntax:

[CR0 or CR1]

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;CR1

! Enable the Crest Factor feature

OUTPUT 713;CR0

! Disable the Crest Factor feature

☛
3.9.2

NOTE: Like the PH0 and MN0 commands, the CR0 command will disable Peak Hold and
Min/Max measurements.

Reading the Crest Factor Value
The Crest Factor value is read over the bus using a simple command:
Syntax:

CRF

Example:

OUTPUT 713;CRF

! Send the crest factor value

The Crest Factor feature monitors the maximum power as it is measured, but does not provide any
feedback to the controller until a CRF command is received. To monitor for a limit violation, the Limits
feature may be more useful (see Section 3.1.6).
The Crest Factor feature returns the current ratio between held power and average power, as displayed
on the front panel. A CRF command does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger
command, such as TR1. To get a good reading of the Peak Hold value, the procedure is:
1.

Set up the signal being measured, and send CR1 to reset the Crest Factor measurement.

Send TR2.

Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling).

Send CRF.

Read the Crest Factor value.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-23

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.10

Display Control
Testing the Displays
The LCD display window and status LEDs on the 8540C front panel can be tested remotely, by means of
three simple commands:
Syntax:

DE (Enable the display)
DA (Test the display)
DD (Disable the display)

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;DE

! activate the LCD display
! (this has the effect of canceling a DA or DD command)

OUTPUT 713:DA

! Performs a test of the display

OUTPUT713;DD

! Disable the display

Displaying a Message
The DU function can show a test message in the LCD display window. The command format for this
purpose is:
Syntax:

DU [string]
The test message string can contain up to 32 characters; the first sixteen characters will
be shown on the top line of the LCD display window, and the remaining characters will be
shown on the bottom line.

Example:

3-24

OUTPUT 713;DU THIS IS A TEST

! show the message THIS IS A TEST on the
! LCD display window

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.11

Duty Cycle Commands

3.11.1

Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle
The commands which activate or deactivate a duty cycle are based on the DC0 and DC1 functions. The
command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] [DC0 or DC1]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[DC0] turns the duty cycle off (for the specified sensor); if the sensor is in Pulse Average
Power measurement mode, this command will change the sensor measurement mode to
Modulated Average Power. If the sensor is not measuring Pulse Average Power at the time
this command is received, then this command will have no effect.
[DC1] turns the duty cycle on. This is equivalent to the PAP command (see Measurement
Mode Commands in Section 3.19).

Examples:

3.11.2

OUTPUT 713;AE DC0

! turn off the duty cycle for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE DC1

! turn on the duty cycle for sensor B

Specifying a Duty Cycle
The commands which specify a duty cycle are based on the DY function. The command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] DY [n] [EN or PCT or %]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
DY specifies a duty cycle value; it also configures the sensor to Pulse Average Power
mode. Therefore, this function includes the capabilities (and entry error reporting) of the
PAP function (see Measurement Mode Commands in Section 3.19).
[n] species the duty cycle value in percent with a valid range of .001 to 99.999).
A terminating suffix is required (EN, PCT, or %).

Examples:

3.11.3

OUTPUT 713;AE DY 50 %

! set 50% duty cycle for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE DY 25.000 EN

! set 25% duty cycle for sensor B

OUTPUT 713;BE DY 40.412 PCT

! set 40.412% duty cycle for sensor B

Reading Duty Cycle Status
The status message bit O indicates whether the duty cycle function is active for the selected sensor.
0 indicates OFF; 1 indicates ON.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-25

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.12

EEPROM
The EEPROM command is used to query the cal factor data in the sensor EEPROM. The cal factor data
is typically stored in the EEPROM at 1 GHz steps over the frequency range of the sensor. Additional cal
factors may also be stored at additional special frequencies. When a measurement frequency is specified
which does not exactly match the frequencies at which cal factors have been stored, the power meter
determines the appropriate cal factor via interpolation.
Commands to read EEPROM cal factor data are based on the EEPROM function code. The command
format is:
Syntax:

EEPROM [A or B] [CALF? or FREQ?]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[CALF?] queries the cal factors. The cal factor data is output as a table of cal factors
expressed in dB, separated by commas.
[FREQ?] queries the frequencies which correspond to the cal factors. The frequency data
is output as a table of frequencies expressed in Hz, separated by commas.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;EEPROM A CALF?

Response:

0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00,
0.00, 0.00
OUTPUT 713;EEPROM A FREQ?

Response:

3-26

! Query sensor A EEPROM whole cal factor
! table
! (This example is from an 80301A sensor)

! Query sensor A EEPROM whole
! frequency table
! (This example is from an 80301A sensor)

5.000e7, 2.000e9, 3.000e9, 4.000e9, 5.000e9, 6.000e9, 7.000e9, 8.000e9, 9.000e9,
1.000e10, 1.100e10, 1.200e10, 1.300e10, 1.400e10, 1.500e10, 1.600e10, 1.700e10,
1.800e10

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.13

Frequency
Cal factors are stored in the sensor’s EEPROM by frequency. Specifying a frequency causes the 8540C to
apply the cal factor appropriate to that frequency. To cancel the use of cal factors, specify a frequency of
50 MHz (this is the frequency of the front panel Calibrator reference output, and has a cal factor of
zero).
Commands which specify a frequency are based on the FR function. The command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] FR [n] [HZ or KZ or MZ or GZ]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
FR specifies a frequency value.
[n] specifies the frequency value (the units are Hz, kHz, MHz, or GHz, depending on the
terminating suffix used).
A terminating suffix is required (HZ, KZ, MZ, or GZ).

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE FR 5.67 GZ

! frequency for sensor A is 5.7 GHz

OUTPUT 713;AE FR 1.0E9 HZ

! frequency for sensor A is 1E9 Hz (1 GHz)

OUTPUT 713;BE FR 84.6 MZ

! frequency for sensor B is 84.6 MHz

OUTPUT 713;BE FR 4E6 KZ

! frequency for sensor B is 4E6 kHz (4 GHz)

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-27

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.14

Instrument Identification
The 8540C can be queried over the GPIB for purposes of identification; user application programs make
use of such queries in order to verify that the appropriate equipment is connected. The 8540C will reply
to an ID query by sending back an identification string.
The simple commands which query the instrument ID consist of any of three function codes:
Syntax:

[ID or ?ID or *IDN?]

Example:

OUTPUT 713;*IDN?

! ask for ID string

ENTER 713; Name

! read ID into string variable Name

Identification Strings
The ID string is determined by the configuration choices that were made (from the front panel) under
the Config/GPIB menu. In the 8541 or 8542 mode, the ID string consists of four fields separated by
commas:
Field 1 is the manufacturer (GIGA-TRONICS).
Field 2 is the model (8541C or 8542C).
Field 3 is the serial number field (it displays the serial number of the calibrator EEPROM)
Field 4 is the software version number.
Example strings:
8451C mode
8452C mode

Name = GIGA-TRONICS,8451C,9544112,3.00
Name = GIGA-TRONICS,8452C,9548024,3.00

However, the ID strings for the following emulation modes are fixed, as follows:
HP437B mode
HP438A mode
HP436A mode

Name = HEWLETT-PACKARD,437B,1.8
Name = HP438A,VER1.10
Not Applicable

HP and Hewlett Packard are registered trademarks of the Hewlett Packard Company.

3-28

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.15

Learn Modes
The 8540C has the ability to send information regarding its current configuration to the controller. The
controller requests this information by sending a learn mode command. At a later time, the controller
can send the configuration information back to the power meter in order to reconfigure the 8540C to
the same state it was in when it received the learn mode command.
Conceptually this feature is similar to the store and recall capability of the 8540C but with several
important differences:
•
•
•
•

The configuration information is stored in the controller’s memory and not in the 8540C
memory.
Learn Mode #1 returns information regarding the current GPIB operational configuration
(such as the trigger mode) which would not be covered by the store/recall function.
The learn modes do not support many of the advanced features of the 8540C.
The learn modes involve transmission of long strings of data between the controller and the
8540C. These strings must be transmitted without interruption; transmissions cannot be
considered complete until EOI is read.

The two learn modes are discussed under separate headings on the following pages.
The learn modes are provided for the sake of compatibility with remote programs written for older
power meters. The configuration information returned to the host is not as complete as the information
that would be stored in the 8540C memory using the store/recall function; the configuration data for
many features of the 8540C are not included in the learn mode data.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-29

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.15.1

Learn Mode #1
Learn Mode #1 is used to return the configuration of the 8540C to the controller in the form of a
sequence of GPIB commands.

Requesting the String
The simple command which requests the Learn Mode #1 string has the following format:
Syntax:

LP1

Example:

OUTPUT 713;LP1

! requests learn mode #1 string

After receiving the LP1 command, the 8540C will return the Learn Mode #1 string the next time it is
addressed to talk. The string will consist of up to 128 ASCII characters. The last character is sent with
EOI true. Table 3-9 shows the information contained in the Learn Mode #1 string, and the order in
which it is sent.
Table 3-9: Learn Mode #1 Output Format
Output from the Power Meter1

Parameter
Trigger Mode

TRd

Measurement Mode

AP, BP, AR, BR, AD, or BD

SENSOR A PARAMETERS
Cal Factor
Offset
Range
Filter
Low Limit
High Limit

AE
KB ddd.d EN
OS±dd.dd EN
RA d EN
FA or FM d EN
LL ±ddd.ddd EN
LH ±ddd.ddd EN

SENSOR B PARAMETERS
Cal Factor
Offset
Range
Filter
Low Limit
High Limit

BE
KB ddd.d EN
OS ±dd.dd EN
RA d EN
FA or FM d EN
LL ±ddd.ddd EN
LH ±ddd.ddd EN

Active Entry Channel

AE or BE

Measurement Units

LG or LN

Reference Oscillator Status

OC0 or OC1

Group Trigger Mode

GTd

Limits Checking Status

LM0 or LM1

Carriage Return Line Feed

EOI

1± indicates sign; d indicates a single digit.

Sending the String
The power meter can be restored to the configuration described in the Learn Mode #1 string, by sending
the string to the 8540C.

3-30

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.15.2

Learn Mode #2
Learn Mode #2 is used to return the 8540C configuration information to the controller in the form of a
series of binary values.

Requesting the String
The simple command which requests the Learn Mode #2 string has the following format:
Syntax:

LP2

Example:

OUTPUT 713;LP2

! requests learn mode #2 string

After receiving the LP2 command, the 8540C will return the Learn Mode #2 string the next time it is
addressed to talk. The string starts with two ASCII characters, @ and 2, followed by a string of 28 (58 for
the 437 emulation mode) 8-bit binary bytes. The last byte is sent with EOI true. Learn Mode #2 requires
a controller that can receive and send information in binary form.
The Learn Mode #2 string contains the following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Measurement mode
REL mode status (on or off)
Reference oscillator status (on or off)
Current reference value if in REL mode
Measurement units (Log or Lin)
Cal Factor for each sensor
Offset for each sensor
Range for each sensor
Filter for each sensor

Sending the String
The command that sends the Learn Mode #2 data to the 8540C is based on the @2 function. The
command format is:
binary bytes
The 8540C will change its configuration to match the configuration defined by the Learn Mode #2
string.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-31

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.16

Limits

3.16.1

Setting Limits
Commands which set limits are based on the LH and LL function codes. The command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] [LH or LL] [n] EN
For limit commands, the [AE or BE] prefix specifies a line of the display rather than a
sensor.
[AE] specifies the top line of the display.
[BE] specifies the bottom line.
[LH] specifies the high limit; LL specifies the low limit.
[n] is a limit value, expressed in dBm or dB as appropriate.
A terminating suffix is required (EN).

Examples:

☛
3.16.2

OUTPUT 713;AE LH 12.34 EN
OUTPUT 713;AE LL -2.58 EN
OUTPUT 713;BE LH 2.34 EN
OUTPUT 713;BE LL -100.00 EN

! set top line high limit to +12.34 dB
! set top line low limit to -2.58 dB
! set bottom high limit to +2.34 dB
! set bottom line low limit to -100.00 dB

NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.

Activating Limits
Limit-checking is activated or deactivated by simple commands consisting of one of two function codes:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] [LM0 or LM1]
For line commands, the [AE or BE] prefix specifies a line of the display rather than a
sensor.
[AE] specifies the top line of the display.
[BE] specifies the bottom line.
[LM0] disables limit checking.
[LM1] enables limit checking.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713; AE LM0
OUTPUT 713; BE LM1

! disable limit checking for the top line
! enable limit checking for the bottom line

Before enabling limit checking (LM1), you must set the high and low limits (LH and LL). Once
enabled, the Status Byte (bit 4) will signal a too high or too low condition. The status message AA bytes
will indicate a too high condition (error code 21), or a too low condition (error code 23). Status
Message bytes L or M contains the limit status for the top line display and the bottom line display
respectively . 0 indicates within limits, 1 indicates too high, and 2 indicates too low.
The LCD display will indicate a too high condition with an up arrow displayed to the left of the reading,
and a down arrow displayed to the left of the reading for a too low condition. If the sound mode is
enabled, a high or low pitched sound will be generated. Sound can be disabled using the Config menu.

☛
3-32

NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.16.3

Measuring with Limits
For Sensor A or B, measurements with limits are enabled by the command
Syntax:

LM1.

Example:

OUTPUT 713; AP LM1

! Measure sensor A and enable limit checking

This measures Sensor A with the previously set AE, LL and LH limits.
Example:

OUTPUT 713; BP LM1

! Measure sensor B and enable limit checking

This measures Sensor B with previously set BE, LL and LH limits.

To measure Sensor A and B simultaneously (Model 8542C only) with limits enabled (LM1),
1.

Press [ENTER]

Press [MENU]

Enter the menu format (A, B, A/B..., OFF).

Select Top Line and press the left/right cursor keys until A appears.

Select Bottom Line and press the left/right cursor keys until B appears.

Press [ENTER].

Example:

OUTPUT 713; AE LM1

! Enable limit checking for the top line

OUTPUT 713; BE LM1

! Enable limit checking for the bottom line

This allow the power meter to display both sensor readings and enables both of the previously set AE
and BE, LL and LH limits for Sensors A and B.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-33

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.17

Measurement Collection Modes (Standard)

3.17.1

Measurement Triggering
Trigger modes determine when a measurement will be made. Four simple commands consisting of one of
four function codes select the desired mode:
Syntax:

[TR0 or TR1 or TR2 or TR3]

All four modes discussed here are standard measurement collection modes (as opposed to the fast modes
described in Section 3.18), and use the standard data output format.

Trigger Hold (TR0)
This command places the instrument in standby mode. The LCD display is frozen at the current values.
The display will be updated when the instrument receives a TR1 or TR2 command. To resume the
normal free run mode of the instrument and display, use the TR3 command. During the standby mode,
the instrument continues to make measurements and update the internal digital filter, but does not
update the display or the GPIB buffer.
Example:

OUTPUT 713;TR0

! Select the trigger hold mode

Trigger Immediate (TR1)
This command triggers a single reading; the reading is added to the internal digital filter. An ENTER
statement will return the updated filter power level. After a TR1 command, the instrument returns to
the standby mode.
Example:

OUTPUT 713;TR1

! Trigger a single measurement

Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (TR2)
This mode triggers a new series of readings; enough to update the digital filter for a noise free reading at
the current power level. An ENTER statement will return the fully updated filter power level. After a
TR2 command, the instrument returns to the standby mode.
Example:

OUTPUT 713;TR2

! Trigger a full measurement, with settling

Free Run (TR3)
This free run trigger mode (which is the default mode) allows the user to read the power at any time
with an ENTER statement. There is no need to send the TR3 command again. Multiple ENTER
statements can be executed. The power meter will return the present power level just as if you had
looked at the LCD display.
Example:

3-34

OUTPUT 713;TR3

! Free run trigger mode

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.17.2

Group Execute Trigger
The GPIB GET command (group execute trigger) causes all the devices on the interface which are
currently addressed to listen to start a device dependent operation (usually a measurement). Three
simple commands (consisting of one of three function codes) regulate the 8540C response to a GET
command:
Syntax:

[GT0 or GT1 or GT2]

Group Trigger Cancel (GT0)
This command disables the response of the 8540C to a GPIB GET command.
Example:

OUTPUT 713;GT0

! Group execute trigger cancel

Group Trigger Immediate (GT1)
This mode is similar to the mode specified by the TR1 command (trigger immediate), except that the
GT1 command causes the 8540C to wait for a GPIB GET command. When the GET command is
received, it triggers a single reading which is added to the internal digital filter. An ENTER statement
will return the updated filter power level. After a GT1 command, the instrument is placed in the
standby mode.
Example:

OUTPUT 713;GT1

! Group execute trigger single measurement

Group Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (GT2)
This mode is similar to the mode specified by the TR2 command (trigger immediate with full
averaging), except that the GT2 command causes the 8540C to wait for a GPIB GET command. When
the GET command is received, it triggers a new series of readings; enough to update the digital filter for
a noise free reading at the current power level. An ENTER statement will return the fully updated filter
power level. After a GT2 command, the instrument is placed in the standby mode.
Example:

OUTPUT 713;GT2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

! Group execute trigger full measurement with settling

3-35

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.18

Measurement Collection Modes (Fast)

3.18.1

General
The 8540C offers three special fast measurement collection modes which are available only during
remote operation over the GPIB. These fast modes make it possible to take more measurements per
second, but at the cost of limited functionality compared to the standard measurement collection mode.
The fast modes operate differently from the standard measurement collection mode in several important
ways. The three fast modes are called Swift, Fast Buffered, and Fast Modulated.

Sensor Measurements Supported
One restriction on the 8540C functionality in the fast modes is that it cannot perform comparative
measurements (that is, measurements consisting of a comparison between the two sensors, such as A/B
or A-B). However, when the 8540C operates in the Swift and Fast Buffered modes, it does have an
added capability which is not otherwise available: measurements from both sensors can be returned to
the host. In the Fast Modulated mode, only one sensor measurement can be performed and returned to
the host.

Averaging
The averaging feature has a unique implementation in the Swift and Fast Buffered modes. Note that in
standard measurement collection modes, and in the Fast Modulated modes, the averaging factor is taken
to indicate the amount of filtering desired. Each measurement which is returned to the host is a true
running average for a period of time which is derived from the averaging factor.
In the Swift and Fast Buffered modes, the averaging indicates the exact number of samples to be taken
for each returned measurement, with the proviso that a minimum of four samples are taken (even if a
number below four is requested). Note that four samples are also taken if auto averaging is selected. Each
measurement returned to the host reflects all new data. Therefore, operation will be much faster with an
averaging number of four than with a higher number.

Disabled Features
The following features are disabled during operation in any of the three fast modes: over-range alert,
limit checking, min/max power, relative measurements, peaking meter, analog output, and VPROPF
(voltage proportional to frequency) correction.

Measurement Changes
Other changes to the operation of the instrument during fast operation include the following: the
temperature of the sensors is not read and updated, so the temperature correction will become
inaccurate over time if the temperature of the sensor changes.

3-36

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
Warning Regarding Interruption and Reconfiguration
Another important consideration is that, while any of the three fast measurement modes is running, it
should not be interrupted, and the measurement setup should not be changed. The measurement setup
must be thoroughly configured before the command is sent to start the fast measurement mode. To
reconfigure the instrument, or to zero a sensor, it is necessary to exit the fast mode and then restart it. If
a measurement setup command is sent after a fast mode command, the results are undefined.

Fast Mode Setup
Prior to initiating a fast measurement collection mode, the host should select the measurement (i.e., AP
or BP), select the measurement mode (i.e., CW, MAP, PAP, PEAK, or BAP), define the frequency
correction (via the FR or KB command, but not via the VPROPF function), define the offset (if any),
define the averaging (via the FA or FM command), and define the duty cycle (if applicable). When a
fast mode is initiated, the display will blank and a message will display indicating the fast mode selected.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-37

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.18.2

Data Output Formats for Fast Modes
The data output formats for fast measurement collection are illustrated below. Fast mode data is always
returned in units of dBm. Each A or B represents a single digit (0 to 9).

For the Swift Free-Run Mode
If one sensor is used, the format is:
±AAA.AA CR LF
±AAA.AA CR LF etc.
or:
±BBB.BB CR LF
±BBB.BB CR LF etc.

If two sensors are used, the format is:
±AAA.AA,±BBB.BB CR LF
±AAA.AA,±BBB.BB CR LF etc.

For The Swift Triggered & Fast Buffered Modes
If one sensor is used, the format is:
±AAA.AA, ±AAA.AA, etc. CR LF
or:
±BBB.BB, ±BBB.BB, etc. CR LF

If two sensors are used, the format is:
±AAA.AA, ±AAA.AA, etc. [until the specified number of readings has been sent]
±BBB.BB, ±BBB.BB, etc. [until the specified number of readings has been sent],
CR LF

For the Fast Modulated Mode
In this mode, only one sensor can be used; the format is:
±AAA.AA CR LF
±AAA.AA CR LF etc.
or:
±BBB.BB CR LF
±BBB.BB CR LF, etc.

☛

3-38

NOTE: If BAP is unable to sync, 200.00 is added to the actual value in order to flag this error
condition.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.18.3

Fast Buffered Mode
Fast Buffered Mode is a fast measurement collection mode, which makes it possible for a series of
measurements to be taken and buffered rapidly, without external triggering of each measurement. The
measurement collection can consist of a buffer-load of measurements taken after a trigger, or a bufferload of measurements taken prior to a trigger (that is, the trigger marks the beginning or the end of the
measurement period, depending on the option selected). This mode also makes it possible to buffer a
very large number of data points. For the sake of speed, no chopped measurements are taken in the fast
buffered mode.
The fast buffered mode cannot be entered if a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP) is being
performed.
Commands related to the fast buffered mode are based on the FBUF command. (For the sake of
backward compatibility with earlier Giga-tronics power meter designs, the command BURST is
accepted as a substitute for FBUF. However, this command has nothing to do with the burst average
power measurement mode; it is a vestige of the terminology applicable to previous models.) For the
FBUF commands, the command format is:
Syntax:

FBUF [PRE or POST] [GET or TTL] BUFFER [b] TIME [t]
[PRE or POST] define the relationship between the measurement period and the trigger:
[PRE] the trigger marks the end of the measurement period. The 8540C will continuously
take measurements and buffer them until a trigger is received. At that point, it will stop
collecting data and output all of the previously collected data in a continuous data stream
the next time it is addressed to talk.
[POST] the trigger marks the beginning of the measurement period. The 8540C will wait
for a trigger before taking and buffering the measurements. After the requested number of
measurement have been taken and buffered, it will be ready to output all of the data in a
continuous stream the next time it is addressed to talk. If the GPIB GET command is
specified as the trigger, the 8540C will assert a service request at this time.
[GET or TTL] define the trigger:
[GET] the expected trigger is a GPIB GET command.
[TTL] the expected trigger is a TTL high at the rear panel trigger input.
The buffer value (numeric variable [b]) specifies the number of measurements to be taken
and stored in the buffer. The minimum value is one. The maximum value is 5,000.
The time value (numeric variable [t]) is an optional variable which specifies a fixed delay
between measurements. The time value specifies the time (in ms) to wait between
measurements; the minimum value is zero. The maximum value is 5000 ms (five
seconds).

☛
Examples:

NOTE: This delay is in addition to the relatively short time it takes to
perform each measurement. If no time value is specified, [t] is assumed to
be zero, and the measurements are taken as fast as possible.

OUTPUT 713;FBUF PRE GET BUFFER 200
! take measurements (as fast as possible) until GET is received
! then output the last 200 measurements taken

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-39

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
OUTPUT 713;FBUF POST TTL BUFFER 100 TIME 2
! wait for a TTL trigger, then take readings at intervals of 2 ms
! until a total of 100 measurements have been taken

Two simpler commands are also based on the FBUF function code:
Syntax:

FBUF [DUMP or OFF]
[DUMP] stops the data measurement and buffering, and prepares to return the data taken
so far to the host, even if fewer than the requested number of measurements have been
taken. The requested number of measurements are still returned to the host (the extra
measurements beyond those actually taken are represented by the number -300.00).
[OFF] causes the 8540C to exit the fast buffered mode. All unread data is lost.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;FBUF DUMP

! Stop measurement and buffering

OUTPUT 713;FBUF OFF

! Exit the fast buffered mode

Notes on Speed in the Fast Buffered Mode
The fast buffered mode is the fastest method of collecting measurement data. Top speed in the fast
buffered mode is achieved by using a low averaging number (≤4), the POST trigger mode, and no time
delay between measurements.
The POST trigger mode is faster than the PRE trigger mode because in the latter mode the 8540C must
check for a trigger between each measurement. In the POST mode, the 8540C is in freerun operation
after the trigger is received.

3-40

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.18.4

Swift Mode
Swift mode is a fast mode which allows for fast continuous data taking and return of each measurement
to the host as it is taken (the freerun mode). Swift mode also allows for triggered buffered measurements,
in which a host or external trigger indicates when to take each measurement.
The swift mode cannot be entered if a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP) is being
performed.
Commands related to the swift mode are based on the SWIFT function code:
Syntax:

SWIFT [FREERUN or OFF]
[FREERUN] initiates the freerun mode (continuous taking and returning of measurements).
[OFF] causes the 8540C to exit the swift mode; all unread data is lost.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;SWIFT FREERUN

! Initiate swift freerun mode

OUTPUT 713;SWIFT OFF

! Exit the swift mode

For commands which set up triggered measurements, the command format is:
Syntax:

SWIFT [GET or TTL] BUFFER [b]
[GET or TTL] define the trigger:
[GET] the expected trigger is a GPIB GET command. The 8540C signals the host by
asserting SRQ every time it is ready to take a measurement.
[TTL] the expected trigger is a TTL high at the rear panel trigger input.

For triggered measurements, the 8540C signals the host every time it is ready to take a
measurement (consisting of a set of samples equal to the averaging number). The 8540C
then waits for the trigger; when the trigger is received, the 8540C de-asserts the signal to
the host, measures the data, and buffers the data. When the instrument is again ready to
measure data, it again asserts the signal to the host. After the specified number of
measurements, the 8540C is ready to output data.

BUFFER (followed by the numeric variable [b]) specifies the number of measurements to
be taken and stored in the buffer. The minimum value is one. The maximum value is 5000.
Examples:

OUTPUT 713;SWIFT PRE GET BUFFER 200
! take measurements until GET is received
! then output the last 200 measurements taken
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT POST TTL BUFFER 100
! wait for a TTL trigger, then take 100 measurements

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-41

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Example Programs
The following program can measure, buffer, and print 30 readings on one sensor:
REAL Data(30)7
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT GET BUFFER 30WAIT 0.5
! wait for instrument configuration
FOR I=1 to 30
Srq_flag=0
TRIGGER 713

! wait for ready condition
! trigger measurement

WHILE Srq_flag=0
Srq_flag=SPOLL(713)
END WHILE
NEXT I
ENTER 713;Data(*)
FOR I=1 TO 30
PRINT I,Data(I)
NEXT I

☛

NOTE: If your computer does not support matrix reads, you can read the entire buffer into a
string and parse the data. Multiple ENTER commands will not work.

The following program can be used to perform 20 measurements on two sensors in swift freerun mode:
OUTPUT 713;APBP
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT FREERUN
WAIT 0.5
FOR I=1 to 20
ENTER 713;ReadA,ReadB
PRINT ReadA,ReadB
NEXT I
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT OFF

The following program can be used to measure, buffer, and print 30 readings on each of two sensors:
REAL DataA(30),DataB(30)
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT GET BUFFER 30
WAIT 0.5
FOR I=1 to 30
srq_flag=0
TRIGGER 713
! send group execute trigger
WHILE srq_flag=0
srq_flag=SPOLL (713)
END WHILE
NEXT I
ENTER 713;DataA(*),DataB(*)
! read the buffer
FOR I=1 to 30
PRINT I,DataA(I),DataB(I)
NEXT I

3-42

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.18.5

Fast Modulated Mode
This is a fast mode which permits more frequent return of measurement data to the host, during
operation in the modulated measurement modes (MAP, PAP, or BAP). The commands which activate
or deactivate this mode are based on the FMOD function code:
Syntax:

FMOD [ON or OFF]
[ON or OFF] enables or disables the fast modulated mode.
When the fast modulated mode is enabled, data will be taken and returned continuously.
This is analogous to the swift freerun mode.
The fast modulated mode cannot be initiated unless a modulated measurement (MAP,
PAP or BAP) is being performed.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;FMOD ON

! Enable fast modulated mode

OUTPUT 713;FMOD OFF

! Disable fast modulated mode

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-43

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.19

Measurement Mode Commands

3.19.1

CW Mode
Commands which specify the CW measurement mode are based on the CW function code:
Syntax:

CW [A or B]
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.

These commands can be used with any sensor (although it is superfluous in the case of a CW sensor).
Possible GPIB entry errors: 60 (uncalibrated sensor), 61 (missing sensor).
Examples:

3.19.2

OUTPUT 713;CW A

! select CW mode for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;CW B

! select CW mode for sensor B

MAP Mode
Commands which specify the modulated average power measurement mode are based on the MAP
function code:
Syntax:

MAP [A or B]
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.

These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61
(uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B).
Examples:

OUTPUT 713;MAP A

! select MAP mode for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;MAP B

! select MAP mode for sensor B

If an irregularly modulated signal is measured in MAP mode, measurement settling time will vary as the
power meter attempts to synchronize to the modulation. In such a situation, it may be desirable to
disable synchronization for faster measurement. The commands which disable synchronization are based
on the MAP function code.
Syntax:

MAP [A or B] 0
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
0 specifies that synchronization is to be disabled.

Examples:

☛

3-44

OUTPUT 713;MAP A 0

! disable MAP mode synchronization for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;MAP B 0

! disable MAP mode synchronization for sensor B

NOTE: To reactivate synchronization, send the MAP A or MAP B command again.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.19.3

PAP Mode
Commands which specify the pulse average power measurement mode are based on the PAP function
code:
Syntax:

PAP [A or B]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.

These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B).
Examples:

3.19.4

OUTPUT 713;PAP A

! select PAP mode for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;PAP B

! select PAP mode for sensor B

BAP Mode
Commands which specify the burst average power measurement mode are based on the BAP function
code:
Syntax:

BAP [A or B]
[A or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.

These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B).
Examples:

3.19.5

OUTPUT 713;BAP A

! select BAP mode for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BAP B

! select BAP mode for sensor B

Peak Mode
The commands for Peak mode are discussed under separate headings for the 80350A and 80340A
sensors (see Sections 3.24 and 3.25 respectively).

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-45

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.19.6

Measurement Mode Query
It is possible to query the 8540C over the bus to determine what measurement mode has been selected
for a particular sensor. The 8540C will respond to a measurement mode query by returning one of the
following strings to the controller:
NO SENSOR
UNCAL
CW
MAP (or MAP SYNC OFF)1
PAP
PEAK
BAP (or BAP a b c)2

Measurement mode query commands are based on the MEAS function code:
Notes:
1.
2.

MAP SYNC OFF will be returned if MAP mode synchronization has been disabled.
BAP a b c will be returned if any of the advanced features have been enabled. In this message, a represents the burst start
exclude time in ms, b represents the burst end exclude time in ms, and c represents burst dropout time in ms. The value
ranges are 0 ≤ a ≤512;0 ≤ b ≤512;0.00 ≤ c ≤ 31.96

Syntax:

MEAS [A? or B?]
[A? or B?] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.

Examples:

3-46

OUTPUT 713;MEAS A?

! queries the measurement mode setting for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;MEAS B?

! queries the measurement mode setting for sensor B

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.20

Advanced Features

3.20.1

Burst Start Exclude
Commands which cause the beginning of a burst to be excluded from measurement are based on the
BSTE function code (this feature is available only in the BAP mode):
Syntax:

[AE or BE] BSTE [a] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[a] specifies the number of samples to be excluded; it has an integer value in the range of
0 to 512 (Selecting a value of zero samples effectively disables this function).
A terminating suffix is required (EN).

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE BSTE 1 EN
! exclude one sample from start of burst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE BSTE 3 EN
! exclude three samples from start of burst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor B

3.20.2

Burst End Exclude
Commands which cause the end of a burst to be excluded from measurement are based on the BSPE
function code (this feature is available only in BAP mode):
Syntax:

[AE or BE] BSPE [a] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[a] specifies the number of samples to be excluded; it has an integer value in the range of
0 to 512 (Selecting a value of zero samples effectively disables this function).
A terminating suffix is required (EN).

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE BSPE 1 EN
! exclude one sample from end of burst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE BSPE 3 EN
! exclude three samples from end ofburst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor B

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-47

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.20.3

Burst Dropout Tolerance
Commands which define a tolerated burst dropout time are based on the BTDP function code (this
feature is available only in BAP mode):
Syntax:

[AE or BE] BTDP [a] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[a] specifies the dropout time in milliseconds with a range of 0 to 31.96, and a resolution of
.01 ms. However, the value entered will be rounded to the nearest one of a series of
discrete values (.017, .026, .035); the actual value can be checked by means of a MEAS
query. The dropout time represents a guaranteed minimum time; the time actually
tolerated will usually be greater, and can be up to 2.125 times greater (Selecting a value of
zero effectively disables this function). A terminating suffix is required (EN).

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE BTDP .02 EN
! set dropout time to .02 ms or next high discrete
! value, for BAP measurements on sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE BTDP .03 EN
! set dropout time to .03 ms or next highest discrete
! value, for BAP measurements on sensor B

3-48

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.21

Min/Max Power Value
The Min/Max feature monitors the measurements being taken, and maintains a continuously updated
record of the highest and lowest values measured so far.

☛
3.21.1

NOTE: The Min/Max feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections
modes (not in the fast modes).

Enabling the Min/Max Feature

☛

NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.

The Min/Max feature is enabled or disabled by simple commands consisting of one of two function
codes:
Syntax:

[MN0 or MN1]

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;MN

! Enable the Min/Max feature

OUTPUT 713;MN0

! Disable the Min/Max feature

The MN1 command, like the LG command, has the effect of specifying logarithmic measurement units
(dB or dBm). Like the PH0 and CR0 commands, this command will disable crest factor and peak hold
measurements.

3.21.2

Reading the Min/Max Values
Min/Max values are read over the bus using simple commands consisting of one of two function codes:
Syntax:

[MIN or MAX]
MIN specifies that the current minimum measured value should be sent.
MAX specifies that the current maximum value should be sent.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;MIN

! Send the minimum measured value

OUTPUT 713;MAX

! Send the maximum measured value

The Min/Max feature monitors the minimum and maximum powers as they are measured and displayed
on the front panel. Transient drop-outs or spikes in the power may not be captured by this feature. If it is
necessary to examine transient or unusual events, the triggering capability of the peak power sensor, the
fast measurement modes, or the Peak Hold feature may provide a better way to characterize the signal in
question. The Min/Max feature monitors for the minimum and maximum power, but does not provide
any feedback to the controller until a MIN or MAX command is received. To monitor for a limit
violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.16).

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-49

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
The Min/Max feature returns the current Min/Max values as displayed on the front panel. A Min or
Max commands does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To
get a good reading of Min/Max values, the procedure is:

3-50

Set up the signal being measured, and send MN1 to reset the Min/Max measurements.

Send TR2.

Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling).

Send MIN or MAX.

Read the Min or Max value.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.22

Offset Commands
Power offsets (in dB) can be specified, in order to provide a fixed correction for loss or gain in the test
setup. The offset is added to, not a replacement of, the sensor’s cal factors. All measurement data
returned by the 8540C over the bus is corrected for the offset that has been specified (even in the fast
measurement collection modes).
Be careful with offsets when you are using the analog outputs. The offset value is reflected in the analog
output voltage. A change in the offset value may result in a measurement which is outside of the power
range represented by the voltage range of the analog output.

3.22.1

Enabling/Disabling an Offset
The commands which enable and disable the offset function are based on the function codes OF0 and
OF1:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] [OF0 or OF1]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[OF0] deactivates the offset; [OF1] activates the offset.

Examples:

3.22.2

OUTPUT 713;AE OF0

! Disable offset for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE OF1

! Enable offset for sensor B

Setting an Offset Value
The commands which specify the offset value are based on the OS function code:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] OS [n] EN
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[OS] indicates that an offset is being specified for the sensor.
[n] specifies the offset in dB. The value of n can range from -99.999 dB to +99.999.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.

Example:

☛

OUTPUT 713;AE OS 20.00 EN

! Set +20 dB offset for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE OS -15.12 EN

! Set -15.12 dB offset for sensor B

NOTE: A change to the offset of a sensor will reset any Peak Hold or Crest Factor
measurement involving that sensor.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-51

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.22.3

Measured Offset Entry
A measurement can be saved and used as an offset. The command format for this purpose is:
Syntax:

[AP, BP, AR, BR, AD, or BD] OS DO EN
The command begins with a function code which describes the measurement that is to be
stored as an offset value. There are six possible function codes; they are interpreted as
follows:
AP:A
BP:B
AR:A/B
BR:B/A
AD:A-B
BD:B-A
OS followed by DO indicates that the difference between the current offset and the current
value of the measurement described in the prefix, is to be saved as an offset value.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.

Examples:

3-52

OUTPUT 713;AP OS DO EN

! Save measurement A as an offset

OUTPUT 713;BP OS DO EN

! Save measurement B as an offset

OUTPUT 713;AR OS DO EN

! Save measurement A/B as an offset

OUTPUT 713;BR OS DO EN

! Save measurement B/A as an offset

OUTPUT 713;AD OS DO EN

! Save measurement A-B as an offset

OUTPUT 713;BD OS DO EN

! Save measurement B-A as an offset

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.23

Peak Hold
The Peak Hold feature causes the measured value to hold at the highest instantaneous power measured
from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset (the measured value changes only when it is rising to
a new maximum, or when it is reset).
The Peak Hold feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections modes (not in the fast
modes), and only in a modulated measurement mode (MAP, PAP, or BAP). Peak Hold is not
recommended for use in combination with the VPROPF function.

3.23.1

Enabling the Peak Hold Feature
The Peak Hold feature is enabled or disabled by simple commands consisting of one of two function
codes:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] [PH0 or PH1]

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AE PH1

! Enable the Peak Hold feature for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE PH0

! Disable the Peak Hold feature for sensor B

Description: Like the MN0 and CR0 commands, the PH0 command will disable Crest Factor and Min/
Max measurements. Sending the PH1 command after Peak Hold is enabled will reset it.
Peak Hold will also reset when you send a CR1 command (see Section 3.9).

3.23.2

Reading the Peak Hold Value
The Peak Hold value is read over the bus using a simple command:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] PKH

Example:

OUTPUT 713;AE PKH

! Send the peak hold value for sensor A

Description: The Peak Hold feature monitors the maximum power as it is measured, but does not
provide any feedback to the controller until a PKH command is received. To monitor for a
limit violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.16).

The Peak Hold feature returns the current held value as displayed on the front panel. A PKH command
does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To get a good
reading of the Peak Hold value, the procedure is:
1.

Set up the signal being measured, and send PH1 to reset the Peak Hold measurement.

Send TR2.

Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling).

Send PKH.

Read the Peak Hold value.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-53

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.24

Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A
Series)
Commands related to the peak power sensor are based on the function code PEAK.

3.24.1

Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level
The command format for setting trigger modes and levels is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] [INT or EXT] TRIG [n]
A or B specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[INT or EXT] specifies internal or external triggering.
TRIG indicates that a trigger level is being set.
[n] specifies the trigger level in units of dBm in the case of internal triggering, or volts in the
case of external triggering.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713:PEAK A INT TRIG -10.00
OUTPUT 713:PEAK B EXT TRIG 1.50

! Configure sensor A for internal triggering at
! a trigger level of -10.00 dBm
! Configure sensor B for external triggering
! at a trigger level of 1.50 Vdc

The command format for selecting the CW mode is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] CW

[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
CW specifies the CW mode.
Example:

3.24.2

OUTPUT 713:PEAK A CW

! Configure sensor A for CW measurements

Setting the Delay
A delay between the trigger and the actual measurement can be specified (in the CW mode, delay
settings have no effect). The command format for setting the delay is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] DELAY [n]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
DELAY indicates that a delay value is being set.
[n] is a numerical variable which specifies the delay in seconds. It has a range of -20E-9
(-20 ns) to 104E-3 (104 ms).

Examples:

☛

3-54

OUTPUT 713;PEAK A DELAY 1.20E-6

! Configure sensor A for a delay of 120 µs

OUTPUT 713;PEAK B DELAY 33.5E-9

! Configure sensor B for a delay of 33.5 ns

NOTE: The actual duration of the delay is the sum of this setting and the delay offset setting.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.24.3

Setting the Delay Offset
An offset to the trigger delay can be specified (in the CW mode, delay settings have no effect). The
command format for setting the delay offset is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] OFFSET [n]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
OFFSET indicates that a delay offset value is being set.
[n] is a numerical variable which specifies the offset in seconds. It has a range of -20E-9
(-20 ns) to 104E-3 (104 ms). The default value of the offset is 0.

Example:

3.24.4

OUTPUT 713;PEAK A OFFSET 1.20E-6

! Configure sensor A for a delay offset of
! 120 µs

Reading Values
Trigger
The query format for trigger settings is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A? or B?]
[A? or B?] Sensor A or Sensor B.

Example:

OUTPUT 713;PEAK A?

! Query the current sensor A trigger setting

OUTPUT 713;TRIG$

! Enter the returned string into the string variable TRIG

The possible replies to the query are CW, INT_TRIG, and EXT_TRIG.

Delay and Delay Offset
The query format for delay and delay offset settings is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] [DELAY? or OFFSET?]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or sensor B.
[DELAY?] indicates that delay is being queried.
[OFFSET?] indicates that delay offset is being queried.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;PEAK A DELAY? ! Query the current delay setting for sensor A
ENTER 713;Delay

! Enter the returned number into the variable Delay

OUTPUT 713;PEAK B OFFSET?! Query the current delay offset setting for sensor B
ENTER 713;Offset

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

! Enter the returned number into the variable Offset

3-55

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.25

Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A
Series)
Commands related to the peak power sensor are based on the function code PEAK. (For the sake of
backward compatibility with earlier Giga-tronics power meter designs, the command PULSE is accepted
as a substitute for PEAK). The command format for setting the trigger mode is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] [INT or EXT] [TRIG or DLYTRIG]

[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[INT or EXT] specifies internal or external triggering.
[TRIG] indicates the immediate triggering mode.
[DLYTRIG] indicates the delayed triggering mode.
Examples:

OUTPUT 713;PEAK A INT TRIG
OUTPUT 713;PEAK B EXT DLYTRIG

! Configure sensor A for internal triggering
! in the immediate triggering mode
! Configure sensor B for external triggering
! in the delayed triggering mode

The command format for selecting the CW mode is:
Syntax:

PEAK [A or B] CW

[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
CW specifies the CW mode.

Examples:

3-56

OUTPUT 713;PEAK A CW

! Configure sensor A for CW measurements

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.26

Preset
The PR command resets the 8540C to its default settings, leaving the user settings intact as Previous
Settings if they were different from the default settings. This command does not function while in the
SWIFT, FMOD or CM modes.
Alternatively, the IEEE 488.2 command *RST also resets the 8540C to it’s default settings, and
functions in the SWIFT, FMOD and CM modes. These modes must be re-entered either over the GPIB
or from the front panel.
The preset conditions of the instrument are outlined in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10: Preset (Default) Conditions
Sensors
(All parameters apply
to sensor A & sensor B)
Parameter

General
Condition

Parameter

Condition

Cal Factor

100.0%

Sensor Selection

Sensor A

Offset

0.00 dB

Calibrator

Off

Filter

AUTO

Default Sensor Prefix

Sensor A

Range

AUTO

Resolution

2 (0.01 dB)

Low Limit

0.000 dBm

Limits Checking

Off

High Limit

0.000 dBm

Max/Min

Off

Frequency

50 MHz

REL

Off

Duty Cycle

OFF, 1.000%

Trigger Mode

TR3

Measurement Mode

See Note 1

Group Execute Trigger Mode

GT2

Display Function

Display
Enable

Peaking Meter Mode

Status

Pulse Sensor Mode

Internal
Trigger

Measurement Units

See Note 2

Sound

Analog Output

Off

Notes:
1.

The default measurement mode depends on the sensor type. For a CW sensor, the default is CW. For an 80401 sensor, the
default is MAP. For a peak sensor, the default is INT TRIG. Regardless of the sensor type, all advanced features are turned
off.
There is a slight difference between the preset conditions as set by a remote command, and as set from the front panel
menus. This difference has to do with measurement units. If the 8540C is preset from the front panel, this sets the
measurement units to dBm in all cases. If the 8540C is preset over the bus, this sets the measurement units to Watts in the
case of HP438 emulation, and has no effect at all in the case of HP436 emulation; otherwise, it sets the measurement units
to dBm.
This distinction is made to accommodate differences between emulations for remote programming purposes without
affecting the benchtop user.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-57

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.27

Relative Measurements
In the relative measurement mode, the 8540C saves the current measured power level as a reference.
Subsequent measurements will be expressed relative to this reference level; the measurement units
become dBr (for logarithmic measurement) or % (for linear measurement).

☛

NOTE: These commands must be preceded by the CH [n] EN command.

The simple commands associated with relative measurement modes consist of one of three function
codes:
Syntax:

RL0 or RL1 or RL2
[RL0] deactivates the relative measurement mode.
[RL1] activates the relative mode, and causes the current measured level to be
recorded as the reference level.
[RL2] activates the relative mode and causes the reference level that was saved under
a prior RL1 command to be used as the reference level. That is, if the relative mode is
activated by an RL1 command, and then deactivated by an RL0 command, the effect
of RL2 is to restore the reference level that was saved in response to the RL1 command.

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;RL0

! Disable the relative mode

OUTPUT 713;RL1

! Enable the relative mode
! save the current level as a reference

OUTPUT 713;RL2

! Replace the current reference level
! with the previous level

3-58

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.28

Resolution

☛

NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.

Commands which specify measurement resolution are based on the function code RE. The command
format is:
Syntax:

RE [a] EN
RE indicates that resolution is being set.
[a] indicates the resolution with four values allowed (0, 1, 2, and 3). These specify the
number of digits to the right of the decimal point.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.

☛

NOTE: This command affect measurements shown on both lines of the display.

Examples:

3.29

OUTPUT 713;RE 0 EN

! Set the display resolution to xx.

OUTPUT 713;RE 1 EN

! Set the display resolution to xx.x

OUTPUT 713;RE 2 EN

! Set the display resolution to xx.xx

OUTPUT 713;RE 3 EN

! Set the display resolution to xx.xxx

Sensor Selection
Six simple commands (consisting of one of six function codes) specify how the sensors are used:
Syntax:

[AP BP AR BR AD BD]

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;AP

! Measure sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BP

! Measure sensor B

OUTPUT 713;AR

! Measure A divided by B

OUTPUT 713;BR

! Measure B divided by A

OUTPUT 713;AD

! Measure A less B

OUTPUT 713;BD

! Measure B less A

These commands, like the prefixes AE and BE, are sensor-specific, and cause the 8540C to assume that
subsequent commands are intended for the same sensor unless they specify otherwise. Also, these
commands (like the MN0, CR0, and PH0 command) have the effect of disabling Min/Max monitoring,
Crest Factor, and Peak Hold.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-59

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.30

Status

3.30.1

Status Byte Message
The power meter responds to a Serial Poll Enable (SPE) bus command by sending an 8-bit byte when
addressed to talk. If the instrument is holding the SRQ bus control line true (issuing the Require Service
message), bit position 6 in the Status Byte and the bit representing the condition causing the Require
Service message to be issued will both be true. The bits in the Status Byte are latched, but can be cleared
by sending the Clear Status (CS) program code.
Table 3-11: Status Byte and Service Request Mark
Bit

Weight

Service Request Condition

128

RQS bit Require Service

Event Status

Over/Under Limit

Measurement or Cal Zero Error

Entry Error

Cal/Zero Complete

Data Ready

The condition indicated in Bits 1-5 must be enabled by the Service Request Mask to cause a Service
Request Condition. The mask is set with the @1 program code followed by an 8-bit byte, or the *SRE
program code followed by three ASCII characters. The value of the byte is determined by summing the
weight of each bit to be checked (the three ASCII characters are the value of the byte in decimal). The
RQS (bit 6) is true when any of the conditions of bits 1-5 are enabled and occur. Bits remain set until
the Status Byte is cleared.
OUTPUT 713;CS

! clear SRQ and status byte

or
OUTPUT 713;*CLS

! clear SRQ and status byte (488.2)

State = SPOLL(713)

! read status byte

or
OUTPUT 713;*STB?

! ask for status byte (488.2)

ENTER 713;State

! read status byte with 3 ASCII digit numbers

OUTPUT 713;@1;CHR$(4)

! set service request mask to 4

3-60

OUTPUT 713;*SRE004

! set service request mask to 4

OUTPUT 713;RV

! ask for service request mask

or
OUTPUT 713;*SRE?

! ask for service request mask (488.2)

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
3.30.2

Event Status Register
The Event Status Register (ESR) is essentially a second status byte; it is an 8-bit byte, described in the
table below. When a specified event occurs, the ESR bits are set true; they can be read by sending an
*ESR? command. When the command is received, the 8540C responds by sending an ASCII 3 digit
value (from 0 to 255) that describes the present state of the register. This ASCII value is arrived at by
summing the weighted values of the transmitted bits.
The ESR bits consist of the following:
Power On

This bit will always be set.

Command Error

This bit is set when an improper GPIB code is sent to the instrument.
The command WT would be considered a command error, for
example.

Execution Error

When incorrect data is sent to the instrument, this bit will be set. For
example, the command FR-1.0MZ would be considered an execution
error.

Device Dependent Error

Errors 1 through 49 are measurement errors, and will set this bit true
whenever they occur.

If an ESR bit is set true, this causes bit 5 of the Status Byte to be set only when a corresponding bit in
the Event Status Enable Register is enabled. This register is similar to the Service Request Mask, in that
it can be used to specify which bits in the ESR register will set bit 5 of the Status Byte.
The Event Status Enable Register is set by sending the program code *ESE, followed by an ASCII 3 digit
value (the value is determined by summing the weights of the bits to be checked). To read the current
setting of the Event Status Register, send the command *ESE?. The 8540C sends an ASCII 3 digit value
that describes the current state of the register (the value is determined by summing the weights of the
bits that are set).
Table 3-12: Event Status & Event Status Enable Register
Bit 7

Bit 6

Power On

Bit 5

Bit 4

Command
Error

Execution
Error

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Bit 3
Device
Dependent Error

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

3-61

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3.30.3

Status Message
Examples:

OUTPUT 713;SM

! ask for status message

ENTER 713;Statusmess$

! read status message

Status Message Output Format
The output format is as follows:
AAaaBBCCccDDddEFGHIJKLMNOP
AA
Measurement Error Code
aa
Entry Error Code
BB
Operating Mode
CC
Sensor A Range
cc
Sensor B Range
DD
Sensor A Filter
dd
Sensor B Filter
E
Measurement Units
F
Active Entry Channel
G
Oscillator Status
H
REL Mode Status
I
Trigger Mode
J
Group Trigger Mode
K
Limits Checking Status
L
Limits Status
M
NA
N
Offset Status
O
Duty Cycle Units/Status
P
Measurement Units
Carriage Return
Line Feed

Each letter in the Status Message Output Format denotes a single ASCII character. See the list of codes
in Tables 3-13 through 3-15 on the following pages for expanded definitions of the individual elements
in this format.

3-62

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation
Elements of the Status Message Output Format
Table 3-13: Error Code Returned in Position AA
Error Code

Message

Notes

All OK.

Cannot zero sensor A.

Ensure no RF power to sensor A.

Cannot zero sensor B.

Ensure no RF power to sensor B.

Sensor A not connected to Calibrator.

Connect sensor A to Calibrator.

Sensor B not connected to Calibrator.

Connect sensor B to Calibrator.

Cannot Cal Sensor A.

Check sensor A connection to
Calibrator; reference must be 1.00 mW.

Cannot Cal sensor B.

Check sensor B connection to
Calibrator; reference must be 1.00 mW.

Over limit.

An over-limit condition has occurred (for either
the top or bottom line of the display).

Under limit.

An under-limit condition has occurred (for either
the top or bottom line of the display).

Sensor A unable to synchronize burst average
power measurements to a pulse stream.

Check measurement setup and RF signal.

Sensor B unable to synchronize burst average
power measurements to a pulse stream.

Check measurement setup and RF signal.

No sensor on Channel A.

Connect sensor A, or change channels if B is
connected.

No sensor on Channel B.

Connect sensor B, or change channels if A is
connected.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-63

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

Table 3-14: Error Code Returned in Position aa
Error
Code

3-64

Message

Notes

All OK.

Entered Cal Factor out of range.

Enter value between 1.0% and 150.0%

Entered Offset out of range.

Enter value between
-99.999 dB and +99.999 dB

Entered average number out of range.

Enter valid average number.

Entered recall memory number out of range.

Enter valid recall memory number between 0 and 20.

Entered store memory number out of range.

Enter valid store memory number between 1 and 20.

Unable to set requested measurement mode or
sensor measurement because sensor A is
unattached or uncalibrated.

This may be due to receipt of a MAP, PAP, BAP, DC1,
or DY command.

Same as Error 60 above, but for sensor B.

Unable to set up sensor A to perform a modulated
measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP), because the
sensor is not a modulated sensor. OR: Unable to
modify a BAP measurement because the sensor
is not a modulated sensor.

Same as Error 62, but for sensor B.

Unable to activate Peak Hold or Crest Factor
features.

This may be set due to receipt of a CR1 or PH1
command. Peak Hold and Crest Factor can be
enabled only in MAP, PAP, or BAP modes.

Unable to initiate fast measurement collection
mode.

Verify using modulation sensor and measurement
mode selections.

Entered peak sensor A data error.

Check entered data.

Entered peak sensor B data error.

Check entered data.

Entered peak sensor A delay out of range.

Check entered delay.

Entered peak sensor B delay out of range.

Check entered delay.

Entered peak sensor A trigger out of range.

Check entered trigger value.

Entered peak sensor B trigger out of range.

Check entered trigger value.

Sensor EEPROM data entry has error.

Check entry data.

Sensor A does not exist.

Check sensor A. This error code refers only to the
EEPROM command.

Sensor B does not exist.

Check sensor B. This error code refers only to the
EEPROM command.

Measurement settling target for auto-average
mode is out of range.

Value must be 0.10% to 100.00%.

Duty cycle out of range.

Value must be between 0.001% and 99.999%.

Frequency value out of range.

Value must be between 0 Hz and 100 GHz.

Resolution value out of range.

Value must be between 0 and 3.

GPIB data parameter error.

Check, then enter with valid prefix.

Invalid GPIB code.

Check, then enter with correct code.

This may be set due to receipt of a MAP, BAP, DC1,
DY, BSTE, BSPE, or BTDP command.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

Table 3-15: Other Codes in the Status Message
Position
BB

Significance

Codes

Operating Mode

00 = Sensor A
01 = Sensor B
02 = A/B
03 = B/A
04 = A-B
05 = B-A
06 = Zeroing A
07 = Zeroing B

08 = Cal A
09 = Cal B
10 = Ext Cal A
11 = Ext Cal B
20 = Peak A delay
21 = Peak B delay

CC & cc

Sensor A range
& Sensor B range

Manual Range:
01 = 1
02 = 2
03 = 3
04 = 4
05 = 5

Auto Range:
11 = 1
12 = 2
13 = 3
14 = 4
15 = 5

DD & dd

Sensor A filter
& Sensor B filter

Manual Filter:
00 = 0
01 = 1
02 = 2
03 = 3
04 = 4
05 = 5
06 = 6
07 = 7
08 = 8
09 = 9

Auto Filter:
10 = 0
11 = 1
12 = 2
13 = 3
14 = 4
15 = 5
16 = 6
17 = 7
18 = 8
19 = 9

Measurement Units

0 = Watts, 1 = dBm

Active Entry Channel

A = A, B = B

Calibrator Output Status

0 = Off, 1 = On

REL Mode Status

0 = Off, 1 = On

Trigger Mode

0 = Freerun, 1 = Hold

Group Trigger Mode

0 = GTO, 1 = GT1, 2 = GT2

Limits Checking Status

0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled

Limits Status

Bottom Line Limits Status

0 = In limits
1 = Over high limit
2 = Under low limit

Offset Status

0 = Off, 1 = On

Duty Cycle

0 = Off, 1 = On

Measurement Units

0 = Watts, 1 = dBm, 2 = %, 3 = dB

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-65

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.31

Store and Recall
The instrument’s current configuration can be saved in a register for later recall.

3.31.1

Saving a Configuration
The commands for saving the instrument state are based on the ST function code:
Syntax:

ST [r] EN
ST is the Save function code.
[r] identifies the register in which the instrument’s configuration is to be saved (and from
which it can later be retrieved). The value of [r] can be any number from 1 through 20.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.

Example:

☛
3.31.2

OUTPUT 713;ST12EN

! Save the current instrument configuration in register 12

NOTE: Register 0 contains the previous state of the instrument; to recover from an
accidental preset, recall the configuration from that register.

Retrieving a Configuration
The commands for recalling a configuration from a register are based on the RC function code:
Syntax:

RC [r] EN
RC is the Recall function code.
[r] identifies the register in which the instrument’s prior configuration has been
saved and from which it is now to be retrieved. The value of [r] can be any number
from 0 through 20. A terminating suffix (EN) is required.

Examples:

3-66

OUTPUT 713;RC3EN

! Recall the configuration that was saved in register 3

OUTPUT 713;RC0EN

! Recall the prior configuration (this command recovers
! from configuration errors)

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.32

Units

☛

NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.

Logarithmic or linear measurement units are specified by simple commands consisting of the function
codes LG and LN.
Syntax:

LG or LN

Examples:

OUTPUT 713;LG

! set Log units (dB or dBm)

OUTPUT 713;LN

! set Linear units (Watts or %)

These commands affect all types of measurements, except for the fast measurement collection modes.
These modes always return measurement readings in dBm.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

3-67

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3.33

VPROPF Feature
The VPROPF feature (voltage proportional to frequency) provides a means of indicating to the 8540C the
approximate frequency of the signal that it is measuring, so that the appropriate cal factor can be
applied. The frequency is indicated by means of a variable voltage input. The 8540C reads the voltage as
an expression of frequency, and applies the proper cal factor from the table stored in the sensor
EEPROM (interpolating for frequencies that fall between the stored values).
In order for the 8540C to interpret the input voltage input correctly, it is necessary to specify the
starting point (that is, the frequency at zero volts) and the slope (the rate at which voltage increases
with frequency).

3.33.1

Enabling & Disabling VPROPF
Commands related to the VPROPF function are based on the function code VPROPF. The command
format, for purposes of activating or deactivating the VPROPF feature, is as follows:
Syntax:

VPROPF [A or B] STATE [ON or OFF]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
STATE indicates that the VPROPF feature is being enabled or disabled.
[ON or OFF] enable or disable the VPROPF function.

Examples:

3.33.2

OUTPUT 713;VPROPF A STATE ON

! Enable VPROPF for sensor A

OUTPUT 713;VPROPF B STATE OFF

! Disable VPROPF for sensor B

Configuring VPROPF
The command format, for purposes of configuring the VPROPF feature, is as follows:
Syntax:

VPROPF [A or B] MODE [f] [s]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A and Sensor B.
MODE indicates that the VPROPF feature is being configured (that is, the start
frequency and slope are being specified).
[f] indicates the start frequency (the frequency at zero volts), expressed in Hz.
The start frequency must be less than the upper frequency limit of the sensor.
[s] indicates the slope of the VPROPF(the ratio of input voltage to input frequency),
expressed in V/Hz. The value must be between 1E-12 and 1E-8.

Example:

OUTPUT 713;VPROPF A MODE 2.00E9 1.00E-9
! Configure the VPROPF feature for sensor A
! as follows:
! 2.00 GHz start frequency
! 1.00 Volt per GHz slope

3-68

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Remote Operation

3.34

Zeroing
The commands used for zeroing of a sensor are based on the function code ZE. The command format is:
Syntax:

[AE or BE] ZE
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.

Examples:

☛

OUTPUT 713;AE ZE

! Zero sensor A

OUTPUT 713;BE ZE

! Zero sensor B

NOTE: If the sensor is attached to an RF source, the source must be turned off prior to
zeroing. Zeroing before calibration is not necessary; zeroing of the sensor is part of the
sensor calibration process.

The following is an example of how to zero a sensor with the GPIB program. The service request feature
determines when the zero has completed; this results in the quickest zeroing routine.
Zero:
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt
ENABLE INTR 7;2
OUTPUT 713;*SRE010
OUTPUT 713;CS
OUTPUT 713;ZE
Flag=0
WHILE Flag=0
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt:
OUTPUT 713;*STB?
ENTER 713;State
IF BIT(State, 1) THEN
PRINT GOOD ZERO
ELSE
IF BIT(State, 3) THEN
PRINT BAD ZERO
ENDIF
ENDIF
OUTPUT 713;CS
Flag=1
RETURN

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

! zero routine
! setup serial poll interrupt jump location
! enable SRQ interrupts
! set service request mask to 2
! clear status byte
! start zero
! reset control flag
! wait while zeroing

! SRQ interrupts jump here

! clear status byte
! set control flag true

3-69

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

3-70

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4
Theory of Operation1
4.1

General
This chapter provides a functional description of the circuits used in Series 8540C power meters. The
circuits are contained in the four printed circuit boards listed in Table 4-1:
Table 4-1: 8540C Circuit Board Assemblies
Reference
Designation

Title

Assembly
Drawing Part #

Schematic
Part #

CPU PC Bd Assembly

21693

21694

8541C Analog PC Bd Assembly

30164

30165

8542C Analog PC Bd Assembly

30173

30165

Front Panel PC Bd Assembly

21229

21230

LCD Display Assembly

21240

The 8540C Interconnection Diagram (see drawing no. 30161) on page 8-3 shows how the assemblies
are connected to one another. Also see Figure 4-1 for a block diagram of the CPU board
interconnection. Most of the electrical circuitry resides on the CPU PC Board (A1) and the Analog PC
Board (A2). The CPU interfaces with the Analog assembly through connection A1J1/A2P1. The CPU
also connects to the Front Panel assembly (A3) that provides the keyboard interface and the LED status
indicators, and to the LCD display assembly (A4).
Various cable connections are provided on the 8540C rear panel. The GPIB connector communicates
with the CPU board through connector J3. Three rear panel BNCs connect to the CPU board, and two
rear panel BNCs connect to the Analog board. J8 on the CPU assembly is used for in-house
development and testing, and for the Time Gating (Option 11) PC board.
The LCD Display (A4) is an OEM purchased part and does not include a circuit schematic in this
manual.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

4.2

CPU PC Board (A1)

+5V
+15V
12 MHz
CLOCK

INTERRUPTS

TO FRONT
PANEL KEYS

68000
CPU

POWER
SUPPLY

-15V

GPIB

IEEE 488

RAM BANK 0
8279
RAM BANK 1

BATTERY

ROM BANK 0
ROM BANK 1
TO FRONT
PANEL LEDs

8255
ROM BANK 2

TO FRONT
PANEL LCD

BUFFERS

TO ANALOG
PC BOARD

Figure 4-1: CPU Block Diagram

4.2.1

Power Supply
As shown in the Interconnection Diagram in Chapter 8, ac main power (110 or 220 V) is applied to
transformer T1. One 8.4 Vac and 19 Vac outputs from T1 are supplied to the dc power supply on the
CPU board. The dc power supply produces the +5 Vdc and +15/-15 Vdc required by various circuits in
the meter.
The T1 transformer’s 8.4 Vac and 33 Vac enter the dc supply through J9. CR6 rectifies the 8.4 Vac to
an unregulated 8 Vdc. C54 and C6 provide filtering, and the unregulated voltage is applied to regulators
U37 and U38. The U37 regulator supplies 5 V (at 0.5 A) required by the front panel LCD display’s
backlight. U38 supplies 5 V required by all of the digital circuitry. TP12 and TP13 are available to test
the level of the 5 V supply. CR7 rectifies the unregulated voltage of the +16.5/-16.5 V filters which is
applied to U39 and U40 through C9 and C12. U39 is the +15 V regulator, and U40 is the -15 V
regulator. TP14 and TP15 are available to test these voltages.

4.2.2

Battery Back-Up
A 3.6V lithium battery is used for non-volatile RAM backup for system configuration storage registers.
TP16 & TP17 and R29 are used as a current draw monitor for the battery. If the battery is supplying too
much current, it will be shown as the voltage drop across R29. Typically, the non-volatile RAMs should
draw about 3 mA from the battery. This will produce 3 mV across TP16 & 17.

4-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Theory of Operation
4.2.3

Circuit Description
Y1 (shown in the upper left corner of page 8-9) is a 24 MHz crystal oscillator that provides the main
clock signals for the circuitry. U1A is a divide-by-two counter that outputs 12 MHz. This 12 MHz is
used by the 68000 microprocessor, U9, so that U9 is running at a 12 MHz clock speed. The clock is
further divided down for other uses at U2. U2 also provides wait states when accessing peripherals.
U17D/E/F and U16C&D provide U9 with decoding of the status lines for auto vector interrupts. U16A
provides an upper data byte write signal, and U16B furnishes the lower data byte write signal.
The 68000 microprocessor (U9) is a 16-bit component with a high 8 bits and a low 8 bits. Most 8 bit
peripherals operate using the low 8 bits with only those devices requiring more than 8 bits using the
high 8 bit data. (e.g. the ROM and RAM use both upper and lower).
U4 is a PAL (Programmable Logic Device) that provides address decoding for RAM Banks 0 and 1, and
ROM banks 0, 1, and 2. U4 pin 15 is a chip select for all peripherals. The signal from U4 goes to U18
which further decodes address signals into various port chip selects. The U4 and U2 ICs provide the
wait state function. When U4 decodes ROM or RAM it immediately passes back DTAK via pin 12 of
U9. When it encounters a peripheral device address (when pin 15 is low for the chip select), DTAK is
held off until a signal is received on pin 1. The pin 1 signal comes from the wait state generation of U2.
The sequence is: The address strobe comes on, U4 looks at the address lines and detects that it is a
peripheral being addressed, and the chip select from U4 pin 15 goes to pin 2 of U2. U2A then starts
counting down until pin 6 comes true (through jumper D) which happens 8 clock cycles later (a wait
state of 8). The signal gets passed to pin 1, and then U4 passes DTAK (pin 12) to the U9 processor. By
this method, various wait states can be generated with jumpers A, B, C, and D (1, 2, 3, and 4 wait
states). (ROM and RAM are always 0 wait states so DTAK passes right through.)
The RAM 1 chip select is passed through U10 which is a nonvolatile RAM controller. This chip will
only chip select to pass through from pin 5 to pin 6 if pin 8 has a valid 5 V of power supplied to it. When
the power supply is off and pin 8 no longer has 5 V applied to it, U10 will automatically stop chip selects
from passing through. It automatically routes pin 2’s power (instead of routing pin 8’s power) from the
backup battery to pin 1 which is the battery voltage for RAM Bank 1. This means that when power is
turned off, no memory is lost and chip select is disabled to stop any memory writes from occurring that
could corrupt the data.
U22 provides the reset for the processor, U9. When the power is turned on U9 asserts the reset line,
pin 5, for 250 ms. That signal is buffered by U20A&B (open collector drivers) that cause the reset of
U9. When U9 is reset it reasserts pin 18, buffered by U17A, which provides the reset signal. This can be
tested at TP8.
R2 and R3 divide down the unregulated supply voltage and provide pin 1 of U22 with a threshold
voltage. When the power supply has been turned off, U22 will detect this by seeing a voltage change in
the pin 1 voltage. When the voltage drops, it will assert the interrupt, pin 7 of U22. This tells U9 that
the power is being turned off, and that it should complete any current operations before the power is
removed.
U21 provides encoding of the interrupt signals by an 8 line to 3 line encoding routine. Interrupt 0 is not
used. Interrupts 1 through 7 can be enabled or disabled by removing or replacing jumpers A through G.
Jumper H disables all interrupts so that it is not necessary to remove A through G if this is desired.
Interrupt 1 occurs when a sensor is connected or disconnected. Interrupt 2 is used with the rear panel
BNC trigger. Interrupt 3 occurs when any GPIB bus activity is in progress. Interrupt 4 occurs when a
front panel key is depressed, and interrupts 5 and 6 are available for programmable timing provided by
U26 (currently not used). Interrupt 7 is used when the power supply is shut down.
U26 is one of three programmable times in the system. These timers divide down the supply clock,
clock 0, 1, and 2, which are all 0.75 MHz clocks that can be programmed to provide different clock
signals. Presently, U26 is not used (for future development).

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
U8 (a Texas Instrument 9914 GPIB controller) is a peripheral chip used for GPIB affectivity. U6 and
U7 provide buffering of GPIB signals before they are sent over the bus. Pin 1 of U7 programs the GPIB
bus to be a master controller or a talker/listener device. Presently, only talker/listener modes are used in
the 8540C Series meters. U23 is an 8279 keyboard controller that provides keyboard scanning and key
press detection. It also provides an 8-key buffer. U19 is a 3 to 8 line decoder used for column and row
scanning which are detected by pins 1, 2, 38, 39, and U23. When U23 detects a key press, it asserts
interrupt 4 from U24A. U22, U23, U24, and U25 provide pull ups for the keyboard matrix. U25 is a
PIA (Peripheral Interface Adapter) used to program the 20 front panel LEDs.
Pin 10 of U25 provides drive for the single LED on the CPU board, DS1, that is used for internal
testing. Pins 11, 12, and 13 are auxiliary signals which are presently not used. The battery interfaces
with U27 and U28. Each of these devices typically draw 1 µA, for a total battery dissipation of
approximately 3 µA.
There are additional signals present at U3. Pin 4 drives Q1 which, in turn, drives a piezo-electric beeper
for front panel audio signals. U3-3 resets the trigger latch, U1-2 is an output buffered by U24E which is
the RF blanking signal used to turn off the source RF during zeroing. This is done automatically through
J7. Pin 18 is the trigger latch input from U1B.
The following is the normal sequence of operation for the external trigger signal: The trigger input
signal is applied through the TRIGGER INPUT BNC connector, J4, on the rear panel. R11, R12, CR2,
and CR13 provide input protection for U24B which buffers the trigger signal and acts as a Schmitt
trigger. The trigger can either assert Interrupt 2 to provide edge detection, or be latched by U1B for
level detection. U1B can be set by asserting pin 13, and then unasserting pin 13 which sets the latch
ready for a new trigger signal, which is read by pin 9. U3-19 is an input from U24D which is for future
use. R11, R14, CR4, and CR5 also provide input protection.
The CPU Board connects to the Analog Board via J1. Bus signals are buffered by U12 and U13 which
are bidirectional devices that buffer the 16 data lines, D0-D15. These tri-state buffers are only active
when the Analog Board is chip selected via CS Analog (pin 12 of U18). All 16 data lines are sent to the
Analog Board, but only 4 addresses (A0 - A3) are buffered by U14A. Reset, not read/write, read/not
write, and the lower data write signals are also buffered.
The Chip Select Analog is further decoded into 8 additional chip selects for the Analog Board by U15
which then outputs ACS0 through ACS1.
Referring to Sheet 2 of the A1 Circuit Schematic (drawing #21694), the DIP sockets that the ROMs
and RAMs are mounted in are configured to accept either 512K or 1M devices. 512K devices are 28
pin components that have to go into 32 pin sockets. When this is done, pins 1, 2, 31, and 32 are not
used, which means that the 512K device is occupying pins 3 through 30 of the socket. The difference in
address decoding between 512K and 1M devices is provided by PAL U4.
The ROM and RAM banks are word addressed. The necessary reads and writes are done in 16 bit words.
Each chip in the bank provides 8 bits (or 1/2 of the word). For example, ROM Bank 0 is composed of
U35 and U36. U35 is the lower 8 bits, and U36 is the upper 8 bits of data. U33 and U34 are ROM
Bank 1, and U31 and U32 are ROM Bank 2.
RAM Bank 0 is only loaded if Option 02 (128K Buffer) is specified. This option provides more memory
buffer for the fast measurement collection. RAM Bank 0 is volatile RAM (loses memory when power is
turned off). RAM Bank 1 is composed of U27 and U28 which are non-volatile because they are
connected to the backup battery.
Connection J6 interfaces the LCD display with the CPU Board. R26, R27, and R28 provide current
limiting for the LED backlight of the display (draws approximately 1/2 Amp). The resistor divider
network, R16, is used to provide contrast adjustment for the LCD display. U11B buffered by U24F
provides a decoded data strobe.

4-4

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Theory of Operation

4.3

Analog PC Board (A2)

4.3.1

Circuit Description
Sheet 1 of the Analog Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) shows the Channel A sensor amplifier used
with both the 8541C and 8542C. Sheet 2 of Analog Circuit Schematic covers the Channel B sensor
amplifier circuits used with the 8542C only. Also see Figure 4-2 for a block diagram of the Analog board
interconnection. Since these are essentially duplicate circuits (the differences will be described), this
discussion will mainly focus on the Sheet 1 components. The sensors are connected from the front panel
through W6J1 which enters the Analog Board through J1 for sensor A and J2 for sensor B. The detected
dc voltage from the sensor is a differential voltage applied to pins 3 and 4 of J1. This differential voltage
goes to U25, which is a FET chopping circuit. The outputs are pins 7,10 and 2,15 of U25. An incoming
signal can either be fed straight through or inverted. The signal is fed straight through when
CHAMCHP is high; it is fed through in the inverted mode when CHAMCHP is low. This provides
chopper stabilized amplification when low power signals are being received by switching the FET switch
from the inverting to non-inverting mode and back again at a rate of 300 times per second.
-24V
OFFSET
DAC

A/D BIAS
+24V

CHANNEL A

CHOPPER

A/D

LOW
PASS
AMP
X1,8
64, 512

AMP
X1,8

10 kHz

-24V
OFFSET
DAC

A/D BIAS
+24V

CHANNEL B

CHOPPER

A/D

LOW
PASS
AMP
X1,8
64, 512

AMP
X1,8

10 kHz

THERMISTOR
POWER
SENSOR

CAL

ATTENUATOR
0, -10
-20, -30, -40

OSCILLATOR
+10 TO +20 dBm

CONTROL
CIRCUIT

Figure 4-2: Analog PC Block Diagram

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
There are three stages of gain in the analog processing chain. All three stages are gain programmable
and fully differential. Stage 1 is made up of two identical composite amplifiers. The positive half of stage
1 is composed of amplifiers U29, U46, U48 and RF JFETs Q13-16. U29 is a precision amplifier, which
handles the dc and low frequency portion of the signal. The high frequencies are handled by U48, which
is buffered by the two JFET source follower stages and ac coupled at about 30 Hz by C94 and C98.
The outputs of U29 and U48 are combined in U46, a high speed unity-gain buffer. The gain of the stage
is selected by feeding the output back through different points on the resistor ladders. Analog switch
U31 connects different points on the resistor ladders back to the inverting input of the composite
amplifier. The resistor ladder consisting of R12, R25, R26, R36 and R270 is used for gains of 1, 8, and
64. The ladder made up of R21, R112 and R190 is used for the 512 gain setting.
The U47 analog switch performs two functions. For low bandwidth sensors such as 80300 or 80400, the
high amplifier is switched out to reduce noise and achieve good pulse response at high gain. The other
half of U47 switches in band-limiting resistor R42 when the high-speed amplifier is switched in and it is
set for unity gain.
Stages 2 and 3 are identical differential amplifiers. Each can be set for gains of 1 and 8. For stage 2,
analog switch U62 selects one of two points on the resistor ladder consisting of R43, R243 and R145.
C231 and C246 on stage 3 limit the bandwidth when that stage is set to a gain of 8.
An offset voltage from DAC, U17 (sheet 3) is injected into the amplifier chain at two different points.
For all but the highest gain setting of stage 1, the offset is injected at the input of stage 2. When stage 1
is set for a gain of 512, the offset is injected at the input to stage 1. Analog switch U56 routes the offset
voltage tot he proper path. U54C and B buffer the offset voltage path to stage 2 input. U54A and D
buffer the path to stage 1 input. U56 switches the deselected path to analog ground so that no offset or
noise is injected at that point.
Sheet 6 of the A2 Circuit Schematic shows the last stage in the analog chain and the analog-to-digital
converter. U26 is a unity gain differential-to-single-ended stage, which drives the input of the A/D
converter, U91. A bias voltage from amplifier U25 is also summed into U26. This bias voltage sets the
A/D input at -2.4V. The A/D input voltage range is -2.5 V to +2.5 V. The bias voltage allows negative
excursions in voltage due to noise. When the chopper is enabled, analog switch U90 synchronously
alternates the bias voltage between -2.4V and +2.4V. This allows the A/D to measure the inverted
signals during chopping. The bias voltage is derived from the A/D 2.5 V reference voltage using resistive
dividers R63 and R68, and R73 and R261 in the non-inverted and inverted modes respectively.
Refer to Sheet 2 (Channel B) of the A2 Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) which is exactly the same
as Channel A (with different component numbers).
Each detector has a thermistor included in its housing so that the power meter can read the temperature
of the sensor. The voltage from that thermistor is applied through J1-J6 (for channel A) and amplified
by a gain of 2 by U39D. Channel B sensor voltage comes through J2-J6 and is amplified by U39A. The
amplified versions of the thermistor voltages are applied to different inputs of the multiplexed A/D, U22
(sheet 3). The software continuously monitors those inputs to check for the presence of a sensor. When
a sensor is present, the software uses the thermistor voltage in a temperature compensation algorithm.
U22 also reads the voltage from the J3 VPROPF connector. CR15 provides input protection and U38A is
a unity-gain buffer. The output of U38A is applied to the U22 A/D through voltage divider R51 and
R52. This attenuates the maximum VPROPF voltage of 10V down to the 2.5 V that the A/D requires.
U23 is a 5 volt regulator and supplies U22 with Vdd.
The sensors also have EEPROMs that connect to the system through a serial interface. Channel A uses
J1-13 for the clock and J1-12 for the data. This is a bidirectional device wherein data needs to be written
to the sensor and also read to the sensor. U41:2 buffers incoming data, and U41:3 buffers outgoing data.
Q2 provides the necessary open collector interface. U18 supplies the clock during a read or write action.

4-6

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Theory of Operation
The clock signal is buffered by U41:1. Channel B has a duplicate circuit consisting of U41:3,4,5 and Q3.
DC supplies of +5 V and ±12V are also routed to the sensors. The 12V supplies are routed through RT3
and RT4 which are used to provide solid state fusing in case of any shorts. These are resettable solid state
fuses which do not need to be replaced. The +5 V can be switched on and off. This is buffered by Q8
which can enable or disable Q1. U113:1 and :2 buffer sensor control lines for gain and chop
respectively. U113:3 and :4 perform the same function on channel B.

4.3.2

Analog Board Control Lines
This section describes the various control lines on the analog board. The names of the control lines are
identical for channels A and B except for the letter B, which is shown in parenthesis.

Stage 1 Gain
Control of stage 1 gain requires setting two sets of switches. One set of switches sets the gain. The
control lines are CHA(B)MX1A1 and CHA(B)MX!A0 and come from U104. The other set of switches
adjusts the frequency compensation for the amplifier in unity gain to keep it reliably stable, and
disconnects the high speed amplifier for low bandwidth sensors. The control line CHA(B)COMP
controls the compensation of stage 1. CHA(B)WBWR controls the connectivity of the high speed
amplifier. These control lines come from U21. The following defines the settings and gain of Stage 1.
CHA(B)MX1A1

CHA(B)MX1A0

Gain

CHA(B)COMP

CHA(B)WBWR

80600 and Higher Sensors
0

512

All Other Sensors
0

512

Stages 2 and 3 Gain
Each of these gain stages has its own gain setting switch. Control line CHA(B)MX3A1 controls stage 2
gain, and CHA(B)MX3A0 controls stage 3 gain. These control lines come from U21. The following
defines the settings and gain of stages 2 and 3.
CHA(B)MX3A1

CHA(B)MX3A0

Stage 2 Gain

Stage 3 Gain

CW Filter (Gain Range 6)
This filter is switched in (logic high) when all gain stages are at maximum gain. Its control line,
CHA(B)FILT, is a 4-input NAND function of the four gain control lines. This control lines comes from
U21.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Chopping
There are two control lines for chopping. The CHA(B)MCHP line performs the chopping function by
switching the U28 analog switch (channel A). This control line comes from U104. The other line,
CHA(B)BIAS flips the polarity of the A/D bias voltage to match the chopping polarity. This line comes
from U21.
CHA(B)MCHP

CHA(B)BIAS

CHOPPER POLARITY

Invert

Non-invert

Invert

Non-invert

Sensor Gain
The amplifier in the sensor has two gain settings. This is controlled by a line from U21 called
CHA(B)SGN. The assignment is as follows:
CHA(B)SGN

Gain

Sensor Chopper Control
The chopper in the sensor is controlled by a line from U104 called CHA(B)SCHP. The assignment is as
follows:

4-8

CHA(B)SCHP

Chopper Polarity

Non-invert

Invert

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Theory of Operation

4.4

Calibrator Module
Sheets 4 and 5 of the A2 Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) cover the interconnections for the
Calibrator circuit. The Calibrator Module is located on the Analog PC Board. It is basically the heart of
the 8540C Series Power Meters in that it is a patented system that allows the power sensors to be
calibrated against an internal thermistor power standard (see Figure 4-3). In contrast to the
conventional fixed-level calibrators, the 8540C calibrator produces a range of power levels over a 50 dB
dynamic range to an accuracy of a few thousandths of a dB.

Figure 4-3: Calibrator Internal Power Standard

The thermistor is mounted in a self-balancing bridge configuration using dc substitution in the bridge.
In this arrangement, the thermistor is maintained at a fixed operating point and the dc power in the
thermistor, PDC, is related to the RF power, PRF, by the simple relationship:

PDC + PRF = PAMBIENT = constant

The constant, PAMBIENT, is found by turning the RF power off and measuring the ambient voltage,
VAMBIENT, to which the self-balancing bridge settles. The advantage of this approach is that the
linearity of the thermistor-leveled oscillator is limited only by the accuracy with which dc voltages can
be measured and the stability of the RF calibrator. To ensure exceptional stability, the thermistor
assembly is enclosed in a temperature-stabilized environment and a low drift sampling circuit is used to
hold the ambient bridge voltage. The RF power can then be programmed by controlling a difference
voltage, δV, at the summing node. The power is related to the voltage by:
δV
PRF = VAMBIENT - delta
R1

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

delta
2R 1

4-9

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
This permits the RF power to be precisely controlled over a dynamic range of about 12 to 15 dB. The
dynamic range is extended using a switched attenuator, the properties of which are determined using the
thermistor-leveled oscillator itself. The effective attenuation (including all mismatch effects) of each
attenuator relative to the next is measured by finding a pair of powers, one for each attenuator, that
produces identical signals from the sensor under test. Because the sensor under test is used at a fixed
operating point, no knowledge of its detection law is required.

4.4.1

General
The operation of the various circuitry functions of the Calibrator Module can be understood more easily
if the circuits are discussed individually. The 11 functional sections of this module include the
following:
1.

The 50 MHz oscillator, Q4, and its current control circuit consisting of U16D, Q5, and U2C.

The RF output circuit consisting of the low pass filter, the stepped attenuator, and the
connector and cable to the front panel of the 8540C meter.

The oven that maintains the control thermistor at a constant 60 °C is located on the small
board attached to the bottom of the heater transistor, Q1. The board has two thermistors, RT1
and RT2, and Q7, the control transistor.

The thermistor bridge used to measure the RF power by dc substitution, consisting of RT1, U1,
and Q6.

The track and hold circuit that remembers the ambient bridge voltage, using U2B, U8D, and
U3A.

The 14-bit DAC and reference supply used to measure the ambient bridge voltage and control
the RF output level, made up of U11, U7, U8A & B, U6, U16A, U13, U12, U4, and U15.

The correction circuit used to measure the temperature of the pin diode attenuator so that a
correction for the temperature dependent loss of the diodes can be corrected, consisting of RT2
and U16C.

Sensor NV (Non-Volatile) RAM control circuit, U41D/E/F, Q3, and U18.

Calibrator NVRAM control circuit, U14 and U18.

10. Sensor interrupt control circuit, U9, U10A, U40A/B/C, and U39A.
11. The digital control circuit consisting of U18, U15B/C, U10B/C, U9B, and U15A.

4.4.2

50 MHz Oscillator
The first section of the Calibrator Module Assembly circuitry consists of a colpits oscillator circuit with
a controllable power output. The output power is measured by the thermistor bridge and set by varying
the dc current through Q4. This current is supplied by a voltage to current converter circuit consisting
of U16D, Q5, and U4. The power generated by Q4 is nearly linearly related to the current through it.
Thus, the voltage from U4 that is converted to current by U16D and Q5 is linearly related to the RF
power generated. When the calibrator is set for 0 dBm, the voltage at U4-6 is near 0 volts.

4-10

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Theory of Operation
4.4.3

RF Output
The 50 MHz oscillator output is capacity coupled to the low pass filter, L13, L14, L15, and associated
capacitors. The resultant harmonic-free RF is applied to the switched pin attenuator, CR8 - 14, and
associated resistors and control amplifiers U19 and U16B. The first section is 10 dB, the output section
is 20 dB, and a resistor between sections adds another 10 dB. Thus, the output power can be
programmed from +20 to -30 dBm.

4.4.4

Oven
The measuring thermistor is maintained at a constant 60 °C by being mounted on the heater transistor,
Q1, which is driven from the sensing thermistor RT2 by way of the Q7 current amplifier. RT2 is
mounted very close to RT1 so that both are maintained at the same temperature. When RT2 gets to a
temperature of 60 °C, the voltage across it is just enough to maintain drive to the heater. This condition
will be maintained regardless of the ambient temperature.

4.4.5

Thermistor Bridge
RT1 is connected in a self-balancing bridge circuit which will deliver just enough power to the
thermistor to keep it at 500 ohms. Thus, if part of the power delivered to it is from the RF generated by
the oscillator and the rest is from the dc current of the bridge, then by reducing the amount of dc power,
the circuit will increase the drive to the oscillator as needed to keep the total power in RT1 constant. It
is only necessary to measure the amount of dc power reduction to know the amount of RF power
present. In this way, a precisely known RF output level can be established.

4.4.6

Track & Hold and DAC
In order to know how much power is being added by the oscillator, it is necessary to measure the power
delivered to the thermistor with no RF present. This is done by turning off the oscillator power (closing
switch U2C), and then measuring the voltage out of the control bridge. This is known as the ambient
bridge voltage. To make this measurement, the following conditions are established: U8D and U2B are
switched open, and U8A & C switch closed. Then, by using the DAC, U13, a successive approximation
measurement of the voltage is made. Note that the output of the DAC is connected to one input of U4,
and the bridge is connected to the other. Thus, it becomes a comparator that will make it possible for
the computer to tell when the output voltage of the DAC is greater than the bridge voltage, and so
complete the successive approximation. Once this is done, the DAC is set for 0V output, U8A is
opened, U8B is closed, U8D and U2B are closed, and the track and hold capacitor, C39, will charge up
to the voltage which represents the zero RF power condition of the bridge. When the oscillator is turned
on by U9C, then the sampling switch, U2B, will open and allow C39 to supply this RF OFF condition
to the measuring circuit. Any voltage from the DAC will now reduce the amount of dc power being
delivered to the thermistor bridge, and the control circuit will add just enough current to the oscillator
to cause its output to add back that much RF power into the bridge.

4.4.7

Correction Thermistor Circuit
The compensation thermistor is mounted near CR13 to sense the temperature of the 20 dB
attenuator section that is used to produce the 0 dBm output. This is the only absolute power specified.
All other power levels are measured by the software relative to 0 dBm.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4-11

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4.4.8

Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit
The calibrator serial number and the correction constant for the 0 dBm output level, as well as the date
of calibration and password for rewrite access, is contained in a Non-Volatile RAM. The read and write
for it is provided by the parallel peripheral interface (PPI) U18. Before allowing access to the NVRAM,
the software looks for a logic 1 on port A, bit 0 of the PPI and, if that is present, it asks the operator for
the password. If the correct password is supplied, then the collected data will be written into U14. If the
jumper W1 is set to supply a logic 0 to the PPI, the operator will then have write access to U14 without
needing a password.

4.4.9

Digital Control Circuit
The digital control circuit is the interface between the CPU and the preceding functions.

4-12

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Theory of Operation

4.5

Front Panel PC Assembly (A3)
(Refer to the A3 Front Panel Circuit Schematic on page 8-21.)
The Front Panel PC assembly consists of a 4 X 4 keyboard matrix and circuitry to interface the 20 front
panel LEDs to the CPU board (see Figure 4-4). The LCD Display (A4) is an OEM purchased part and
does not include a circuit schematic in this manual.

Keyboard Matrix

From 8279
(CPU Board)

From 8255
(CPU Board)

From 68000
(CPU Board)

LEDs

LCD

Figure 4-4: Front Panel PC Assembly

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

4-13

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

4-14

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5
Calibration & Testing
5.1

Introduction
This chapter includes procedures for calibration and performance testing the Series 8540C Universal
Power Meters.
Refer to Appendix B of this manual for power sensor selection and calibration.

5.2

Calibration Procedure
If any of the instrument performance characteristics cannot be calibrated within specification, refer to
the troubleshooting procedure in Chapter 6.

5.2.1

Equipment Required
Table 5-1 lists the equipment required for calibration of the 8540C power meters.
Table 5-1: Equipment Required for Calibration
Description

Representative Model

Key Characteristics

CW Thermistor Power Meter

HP 432A

VRF and VCOMP available externally

Thermistor Mount

HP 478A-H75

≤1.07 VSWR @ 50 MHz
(30 dB return loss)
Accuracy ±0.5% @ 50 MHz

Digital Voltmeter (DVM)

Fluke 8842A

±0.05% accuracy & 1 µV resolution

Directional Coupler, 10 dB

Mini Circuits
ZFDC-10-1 10 dB

≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz

Step Attenuator, 0 to 90 dB
in 10 dB increments

Weinschel
Model AC 118A-90-33

≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz
±0.1 dB attenuation

RF Source (Signal Generator)
(High Power)

Wavetek Model 2405
Option XP

+22 dBm @ 50 MHz

Low Pass Filter

Integrated Microwave
Model 904 881

>30 dB attenuation @ 100 MHz

GPIB Controller for IBM PC

National PC2/2A

With driver software

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5.2.2

Calibrator Output Power
Perform the Calibrator Output Power Reference Level check (see Section 5.3.2). If the unit fails to
meet the power output specification within the 0.981 mW to 1.019 mW minimum and maximum
limits, then proceed with the steps below.
To correct the setting of the power output of the calibrator, you must know the password if it has been
set, or you must defeat it by setting jumper A2W1 to position B. (This jumper is located and indicated
on the Analog PC Board.) If no password has been set, you can proceed with the jumper in position A.
Calculate the percent error in power (as described in the Performance Verification Level check) and
change the CALFAC by that amount. For example, if the power output is low by 0.5% then increase the
CALFAC by that amount. In the following procedure if you make a mistake and wish to start over, press
[ESCAPE] and then continue from Step 1.
1.

Press [MENU].

Scroll to SERVICE MENU (using one of the up/down, left/right keys on the front panel) and
press [ENTER].

Scroll to CALIBRATOR and press [ENTER].

Select EEPROM and press [ENTER].

Press [ENTER] to get past SNumb (unit serial number).

Enter CALFAC change using the number obtained at the beginning of this test. Press
[ENTER].

Correct the date and press [ENTER].

Correct the time and press [ENTER].

Select WRITE and press [ENTER].

10. Enter the correct password if needed. If it is not needed, you can either set one or clear it. Press
[ENTER].
11. You must verify that the correction has been done by again entering (reads new Cal Fac
number):
a.

Scroll to the SERVICE MENU.

Scroll to CALIBRATOR and press [ENTER].

Select Power and press [ENTER].

Select 0 dBm and press [ENTER].

12. If the calibrator is now within tolerance, perform step 11 again and turn the calibrator OFF
instead of selecting 0 dBm.
The sensor(s) can now be calibrated by connecting to the calibrator output and pressing ZERO/CAL. If
the calibration does not complete satisfactorily, refer to the calibrator voltage and frequency checks
starting on page 5-3.
The Linearity test can now be performed as detailed in Section 5.3.3. This is a complete procedure, and
must be performed in the exact order given to produce accurate results. If this test fails, try it again with
a different sensor. If it still fails, refer to the calibrator voltage and frequency checks starting on page 5-3.

5-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Calibration & Testing
The following tests require that the power meter’s housing be removed. To remove the cover, remove
the three Binder head screws on the back panel and slip the cover off. This can best be done by carefully
resting the unit on the front panel using a cushion or pad to prevent scratching.
Refer to the Analog PC Board description in Chapter 4 for further help in defining the problem. If the
fault cannot be located to the component level, the PC board can be removed and replaced with a
different one with no further calibration required except to set the calibrator output power to 0 dBm.

5.2.3

Power Supply Voltage Checks
There are a number of power supplies in the power meter. The rectifiers, filters, and regulators for the
±15 volt and the +5 volt supplies are on the CPU PC Board (A1). All the other supplies are on the
Analog PC Board (A2). In case there is a regulated voltage failure, check the corresponding unregulated
supply (see Sheet 3 of the A1 Circuit Schematic on page 8-8). The unregulated voltage must be at least
2 volts more than the required regulated output.
To measure the supplies, turn the unit on and let it stabilize for a minute or so. Then proceed as follows:
1.

Connect the low side of the DVM to A2TP3 (GND)

Connect the high side to the points shown in Table 5-2.

Table 5-2: DC Power Supply Test Points
Test Point

Voltage

A2TP3

GND

TP4

-14.25 to -15.75

TP5

4.8 to 5.2

TP2

14.25 to 15.75

U33-3

11.4 to 12.6

U40-3

-11.4 to -12.6

TP37

4.8 to 5.2

U83-3 (Ch. B)

-4.8 to -5.2

U82-3 (Ch. B)

4.8 to 5.2

U57-3

-4.8 to -5.2

U58-3

4.8 to 5.2

TP27

11.4 to 12.6

TP29 (Ch. B)

11.4 to 12.6

TP30 (Ch. B)

-11.4 to -12.6

TP28

-11.4 to -12.6

U16-1

-9.1 to -10.9

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5.2.4

Calibrator Voltages
To measure the calibrator voltages, first make sure that neither side of the DVM is grounded. The
following measurements should find most of the problems that can arise in the calibrator circuitry.
1.

Connect the DVM across the large resistor, A2R174. Measure 0.4 to 0.9 volts depending on
the room temperature and how long the unit has been operating. This voltage is proportional
to the current in the thermistor heater transistor which maintains the calibrator thermistor in a
60 °C environment. The voltage measured in the next step is dependent on this being correct.
The exact ambient temperature and on-time of the instrument mentioned in Step 1 are not
specific factors, but do have some effect on the reading taken across A2R174. If there is a
problem in the circuit, the measured voltage will usually be outside of the 0.4 to 0.9 Volts
specification (for example, 0 Volts or +5 Volts).

5.2.5

Connect the low side of the DVM to A2TP3 and the high side to A2TP1. Measure +7 to
+8.5 volts. This is the voltage applied to the thermistor bridge that is used to measure the
calibrator power. This voltage will vary as the calibrator provides different amounts of RF
power. This measurement assumes that the calibrator is OFF. To verify that the calibrator is off,
press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER select OFF, and press ENTER
again.

Turn the calibrator ON. Press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER, select
ON, and press ENTER. Now connect the high side of the DVM to A2U3, pin 7. Measure +3 to
+10 volts which should change less than 2 mV per minute. Turn the calibrator off. If the
voltage is incorrect or drifts excessively, troubleshoot the sample and hold circuit surrounding
A2U3A.

Calibrator Frequency Check
To measure the frequency of the calibrator:

5.2.6

Connect a 50 MHz counter to the calibrator output connector.

Turn ON the calibrator according to the procedure given in Step 3, above.

Measure 49 to 51 MHz.

Turn the calibrator OFF.

GPIB Test Functions
If the unit will not calibrate its sensors, there are some test functions available through the GPIB. Using
these functions, it is possible to check out the operation of the different parts of the calibrator system.
1.

5-4

Connect a controller to the GPIB interface connector on the rear panel of the unit, and set the
address as required.
a.

Press MENU. Scroll to the Config menu and press ENTER.

Scroll to GPIB and press ENTER.

Select the MODE and ADDRESS as needed and press ENTER. (MODE is either 8541C
or 8542C. The default address is 13).

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Calibration & Testing
2.

If the calibrator output power as measured in the Performance Verification Test is within
tolerance but the unit will still not complete a sensor calibration, perform the following test to
determine if the calibrator is operating correctly:
a.

Send TEST CALIB SOURCE 10 from the controller, followed by TEST CALIB ATTEN
0 (The calibrator output should be +20 dBm ±0.8 dB).

Send TEST CALIB ATTEN 10 (This will insert the 10 dB attenuator into the calibrator
output. The power should measure a decrease of 10 dB ±1 dB).

Repeat Step 2b, substituting 20, 30 and 40 successively in the command.
The power should be attenuated by the attenuation level specified in the command ±1 dB.
This will verify the health of all of the attenuators.

The next step is to verify the oscillator power control circuits. This is done by setting the power
to higher and lower levels and measuring the results.
Send the command TEST CALIB ATTEN 0, followed by TEST CALIB SOURCE X where X
is -3 to +13. The resulting power output should range between -13 dB from the first reading
taken in Step 2.a to at least +21 dBm.

This checks the calibrator control circuits completely. If the unit still will not calibrate a sensor the
problem is in the measurement circuits, not the calibrator. Proceed to the next heading.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

5.3

Performance Verification Tests
Information in this section is useful for periodic evaluation of the 8540C and its power sensors. These
tests can also be used for incoming inspection testing when the instrument is first received, if required.
If the 8540C has not previously been used, review the precautions in Section 1.2 of the manual before
the instrument is turned on. Prior to starting the following procedures, the instrument should be allowed
to warm up for at least 24 hours to assure maximum stability during testing.
The test for the Calibrator Output Power Reference Level given in this section is valid for an ambient
temperature range between +5 °C and +35 °C (+41 °F to +95 °F).
The instrument plus power sensor linearity test is valid when the sensor has been calibrated using the
front panel calibrator at a temperature between 0 °C and +50 °C (+32 °F to +122 °F), and if operating
within ±5 °C (±9 °F) of that calibration temperature.
It is recommended that the verification be done in the order described since some of the steps use the
configuration from a previous step.

5.3.1

Equipment Required
Table 5-3 lists the equipment required for performance testing of the 8540C power meters.
Table 5-3: Equipment Required for Performance Testing
Description

Representative
Model

Key Characteristics

CW Thermistor Power Meter

HP 432A

VRF and VCOMP available externally

Thermistor Mount

HP 478A-H75

≤1.07 VSWR @ 50 MHz
(30 dB return loss)
Accuracy ±0.5% @ 50 MHz

Digital Voltmeter (DVM)

Fluke 8842A

±0.05% accuracy and 1 µV resolution

Directional Coupler, 10 dB

Mini Circuits
ZFDC-10-1 10 dB

≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz

Step Attenuator, 0 to 90 dB
in 10 dB increments

Weinschel
Model AC 118A-90-33

≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz
±0.1 dB attenuation

RF Source (Signal Generator)
(High Power)

Wavetek Model 2405
Option XP

+22 dBm @ 50 MHz

Low Pass Filter

Integrated Microwave
Model 904 881

>30 dB attenuation @ 100 MHz

GPIB Controller for IBM PC

National PC2/2A

With driver software

Performance Verification Test Data Recording sheets are located on pages 5-12 and 5-13. These sheets
can be copied and the copies used for recording test results each time Specification and Performance
Verification testing is performed on the specific instrument described by this manual.

5-6

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Calibration & Testing
5.3.2

Calibrator Output Power Reference Level
The Calibrator Output power reference is factory adjusted to 1 mW ±0.7%. To achieve this accuracy,
Giga-tronics uses a precision measurement system with accuracy to ±0.5% (traceable to the NIST formerly the NBS), and allows for a transfer error of ±0.2% for a total of ±0.7%. If an equivalent
measurement system is used for verification, the power reference oscillator output can be verified to
1mW ±1.9% (±1.2% accuracy, ±0.5% verification system error, ±0.2% transfer error, for a maximum
error of ±1.9%). To ensure maximum accuracy in verifying the Calibrator Output power reference, the
following procedure provides step-by-step instructions for using specified test instruments of known
capability. If equivalent test instruments are substituted, refer to the Key Characteristics section in
Table 5-3.
The test setup is illustrated in Figure 5-1.

THERMISTOR
POWER METER

DIGITAL VOLTMETER
(+) VCOMP
(-) VREF

THERMISTOR
MOUNT

8540C
POWER METER
CALIBRATOR
OUTPUT

Figure 5-1: Calibrator Output Test Setup

Procedure:
In the following steps, precision power measurements will be made using the 432A Power Meter. For
detailed information on using the 432A, please refer to the operating section of the 432A manual.

☛

Connect the 432A to the Calibrator Output on the 8540C as shown in Figure 5-1.

Turn on all equipment and then wait 30 minutes for the thermistor mount to stabilize before
proceeding to the next step.

Set the 432A RANGE switch to COARSE ZERO, and adjust the front panel COARSE ZERO
control to obtain a zero (±2% F.S.) meter indication.
NOTE: Ensure that the DVM input leads are isolated from chassis ground when performing
the next step.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4.

Set the DVM to a range that results in a resolution of 1 µV and connect the positive and
negative input, respectively, to the VCOMP and VRF connectors on the rear panel of the 432A.

Fine zero the 432A on the most sensitive range, then set the 432A range switch to 1 mW.

Record the DVM indication as V0.

Turn ON the 8540C Calibrator RF power as follows:
Press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER, select ON, press ENTER.
Record the reading shown on the DVM as V1.

☛

NOTE: The V1 reading must be taken within 15 seconds after pressing
ENTER. Otherwise, turn REF POWER OFF and repeat Steps 6 and 7.

Disconnect the DVM negative lead from the VRF connector on the 432A, and reconnect it to
the 432A chassis ground. Record the new indication observed on the DVM as VCOMP.

Repeat Step 7, except select OFF to turn the Calibrator off.

10. Calculate the Calibrator Output level (PCAL) using the following formula:

PCAL(Watts) =

2VCOMP (V1- V0 ) + V0 2 - V1
4R(Calibration Factor)

where:
PCAL = calibrator output power reference level
VCOMP= previously recorded value in Step 8
V1= previously recorded value in Step 7
V0= previously recorded value in Step 6
R= 200Ω (assuming HP478A-H75 mount)
Calibration factor = value for the thermistor mount at 50 MHz (traceable to the NIST)
11. Verify that the PCAL is within the following limits:
1 mW ±0.019 mW (0.981 to 1.019 mW)
For record purposes, the measured value of PCAL can be entered on the Test Data Recording
Sheet located on page 5-12.

5-8

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Calibration & Testing
5.3.3

Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity
Test Description
Connect the test setup as shown in Figure 5-2. The linearity will be tested over the range +20 dBm to
-60 dBm. At low power levels, the linearity measurement will include the uncertainty due to the zero set
specification. The procedure should be repeated for each sensor used with the 8540C.
THERMISTOR
POWER METER

8540C
POWER METER

DIGITAL VOLTMETER
(+) VCOMP
(-) VREF

THERMISTOR
MOUNT

MODEL 2405
RF SOURCE

0 - -70 dB
STEP
ATTENUATOR

POWER
SENSOR

LOW
PASS
RF OUT
50 MHz

RF AMP
(OPTIONAL)
+23 TO +32 dB

DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
10, 16, 20 dB

Figure 5-2: Power Linearity Test Setup

When measuring the linearity of a Low VSWR (Series 8031X) or a High Power (Series 8032X) sensor,
the power output of the source must be increased by 6 or 10 dB respectively and the directional coupler
must be increased from 10 dB to either 16 or 20 dB respectively (see Figure 5-2). The power coefficient
of the step attenuator will also have to be considered. The specification of power coefficient for the
Weinschel attenuator cited in the Equipment List is: <0.005 dB/dB/W. The latter will affect the
linearity of each 10 dB segment, and make it necessary to expand the overall linearity specification by
this quantity.
In assembling the test setup shown in Figure 5-2, keep in mind that if testing is to be conducted with
Low VSWR or High Power sensors, the optional RF Amplifier must have frequency and bandwidth
parameters to match the sensor’s characteristics (see the Sensor Selection Guide in Chapter 1, if unsure
of characteristics), and the Directional Coupler must be increased as stated above for the particular
series of sensors. All Standard (Series 8030X) and True RMS (Series 8033X) sensors are tested with a
10 dB Directional Coupler and without the optional RF amplifier.
Refer to the Linearity Data recording section of the Performance Verification Data recording sheets
located on pages 5-12 and 5-13. The tolerance is already entered for the various steps, and includes an
allowance for specified zero set errors at low power levels.

☛

NOTE: To ensure accurate and repeatable measurements, the 432A power meter should be
zeroed just before taking each reading that will be used to calculate P1 in the Power Meter
column of the Performance Verification Test Data Sheets on pages 5-12 and 5-13.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-9

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Setup Parameters
The following setup parameters should be accomplished prior to performing the Power Linearity test:
1.

The 8540C and sensor should be calibrated (see Section 2.6.3. Refer also to the complete
instructions on how to calibrate the sensor in Appendix B of this manual).

The Averaging is set to AUTO by entering the key sequence
[MENU] [Meas Setup] [Average] [Avg A] or [Avg B] [Auto]

Test Procedure
Extreme care is required in the following procedure since the accuracy requirements are critical to ensure the
most accurate test results.
Power readings are determined using the thermistor power meter in the same general way as given in the
Power Reference Level test. That is, P1 and P2 in the Power Meter reading column of the Performance
Verification Test Data Sheet tables are calculated each time for the respective values of VCOMP, V0,
and V1 read on the DVM.
1.

Set the step attenuator to 70 dB. Turn the source power output off, and then zero the 8540C.
(The 8540C is zeroed by pressing [ZERO/CAL] and then following the softkey label instructions.)

Set the step attenuator to 0 dB after the 8540C has zeroed.

Set the power output of the RF source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 1.00 mW
±0.025 mV.

Record the calculated power meter reading and the displayed 8540C reading in the correct
columns of the Linearity Data recording sheet on page 5-12.

Set the power output of the RF source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 3.98 mW
±0.10 mW.

Record the new calculated power meter reading and the new displayed 8540C reading as in
Step 4 above.

Set the power output of the RF Source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 3.98 mW
±0.10 mW.

Record the calculated power meter reading and the displayed 8540C reading as in Step 4,
above.

Set the power output of the RF Source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 5.01 mW
±0.13 mW.

10. Record the new calculated power meter reading and the new displayed 8540C reading as in
Step 4, above.
11. Repeat using the power meter indications in the Data Recording sheet on page 5-13. Note that
the Step Attenuator is used to generate the remaining 70 dB range of 10 dB steps for a total
range of 80 dB. Repeat Step 1, above, between each 10 dB step shown on the Linearity Data
Recording sheet.
12. Make the calculations indicated on the Linearity Data sheet, and enter the values in the
appropriate blank spaces.

5-10

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Calibration & Testing
5.3.4

GPIB Port Check
The following steps are used to confirm that the GPIB port is functional.
1.

Set the 8540C to the desired address (the default is 13; see Table 2-1 for address setting
instructions if necessary).

Connect the GPIB controller to the GPIB Port on the rear of the 8540C.

Send the command (if emulating an HP 438):
*IDN? or ?ID

(*IDN? is the IEEE 488.2 Common ID query. When addressed to talk after receiving the
command, the 8540C will output a string that identifies itself as Model 8541C or 8542C.)
4.

Display the response on the controller.

This completes the Specification and Performance Verification Tests for the 8540C Series Digital
Power Meter and its sensors. If the instrument has performed as described in this chapter, it is correctly
calibrated and within specifications.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-11

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

Giga-tronics Series 8540C
Performance Verification Test Data Sheet
Date:
Operator:
Test Number: (if required)
Series 8540C S/N:
Power Sensor S/N:

Calibrator Output Power Reference
Minimum

Actual Reading

Maximum

0.981 mW

1.019 mW

Linearity Data - (+16 dBm to +20 dBm)
Step
Attenuator
Value

0 dB

Power
Set Point

Power
Meter
Reading
(P)

8450C
(DUT)
Reading
(R)

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

3.98 mW
±0.10 mW

P2 =

R2 =

3.98 mW
±0.10 mW

P1 =

R1 =

5.01 mW
±0.13 mW

P2 =

R2 =

5.01 mW
±0.13 mW

P1 =

R1 =

6.31 mW
±0.16 mW

P2 =

R2 =

6.31 mW
±0.16 mW

P1 =

R1 =

7.94 mW
±0.2 mW

P2 =

R2 =

7.94 mW
±0.2 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

Reference
Power
Ratio

P1/P2 =

8540C
(DUT)
Reading
Ratio

Linearity Error (%)1
Linearity
Specification

Accumulated
Linearity
Error2

±1%

Same as Lin. error above

R1/R2 =

R1/R2 =
+1%
-1.6%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
+1%
-2.7%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
+1%
-3.8%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
+1%
-4.9%

(continued)

-60 dBm to +16 dBm Linearity Data are on the next page.
Notes:
1.
2.

Linearity Error (%) = [(R1/R2) / (P1/P2) - 1] x 100
Accumulated error is the sum of the current dB segment linearity error plus the previous accumulated error.

5-12

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Calibration & Testing

Linearity Data - (-60 dBm to +16 dBm)
Linearity Error (%)1
Step
Attenuator
Value

Power
Set Point

Power
Meter
Reading
(P)

8540C
(DUT)
Reading
(R)

Reference
Power
Ratio

8540C
(DUT)
Reading
Ratio

Linearity
Specification

Accumulated
Linearity
Error2

See Note 3
0 dB

10 dB

20 dB

30 dB

40 dB

50 dB

60 dB

70 dB

±1%
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

1.00 mW
±0.025 mW

P1 =

R1 =

10.00 mW
±0.25 mW

P2 =

R2 =

P1/P2 =

Same as Lin. error above

R1/R2 =
±1%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
±1%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
±1%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
±1%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
±1%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
±1.5%

P1/P2 =

R1/R2 =
±6%

Notes:
1.
2.
3.

Linearity Error (%) = [(R1/R2) / (P1/P2) - 1] x 100
Accumulated error is the sum of the current dB segment linearity error plus the previous accumulated error.
Use the first CW Linearity error value entered in the +16 dBm to +20 dBm Linearity Data on page 5-12.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

5-13

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

5-14

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

6
Maintenance
6.1

Periodic Maintenance
This chapter describes maintenance practices and troubleshooting guidelines for the 8540C.

6.1.1

Testing & Calibration
The 8540C should be periodically tested (and calibrated, if it will not pass all performance tests), using
the test and calibration procedures described in Chapter 5 of the manual.
Testing (and, if necessary, calibration) should be performed at one year intervals, unless the 8540C is
operated in an extremely dirty or chemically contaminated environment, or is subject to severe abuse
(such as being dropped). In such cases, more frequent maintenance (immediate, if the unit is dropped or
severely abused in some way) is required.

6.1.2

Cleaning
The front panel and housing of the unit can be cleaned using a cloth dampened in a mild detergent. Do
not use abrasive cleaners, scouring powders, or any harsh chemicals. Wipe the soap residue off with a
clean, damp cloth, then dry with a clean dry cloth.

6.1.3

Lithium Battery
The power meter contains a 3.6V lithium battery, which preserves configuration and calibration data
while line power is off.
If the 8540C is to be placed in long term storage (2 years or more), the battery should be removed.
To check the battery, connect a voltmeter between TP13 (ground) and TP16 (+) on the CPU PC
Board (A1). If the voltage is less than 3.1V, the battery should be replaced.

Replacement
Battery life depends on the usage of the 8540C. With normal daily use, the battery is expected to last at
least three years. To avoid unintentional loss of data in the volatile memory of the 8540C, it is
recommended that the lithium battery be replaced every three years. This can be done without losing
the data stored in RAM if the old battery is removed and the new battery installed in less than 10
seconds with main power off, or if power is left on while changing the batteries.

WARNING
Battery replacement requires removing the cover from the instrument and then restoring power before removing the battery. This
procedure should be performed only by qualified personnel.
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

6-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
This replacement procedure is intended for users knowledgeable in the use and care of equipment using
non-rechargeable lithium batteries. The recommended replacement battery is a Tadiran Type TL-5242,
Giga-tronics Part# 21212.
Lithium batteries can supply substantial current and, depending on factors such as the state of charge,
can overheat when shorted.
1.

Turn OFF the 8540C.

Remove the cover.

Turn ON the 8540C (to maintain memory power while replacing the battery).

Note the orientation of the battery which is located on the left side of the top (CPU) PC
board, half way back in the unit. The battery is held in place with a plastic clamp and a “hook
and loop” fastener. Cut the plastic clamp and peel the battery free of the PC board.

Disconnect the battery wires. The connector is polarized so it can only be inserted one way,
with the red wire toward the rear of the instrument.

Install the new battery, replace the plastic clamp, and connect the wires.

Turn OFF the 8540C and measure the battery voltage between TP13 (com) and TP17 (bat). It
must be at least 3.5V.

Replace the cover and secure.

If desired, a label can be attached indicating when the next battery replacement is due.

To test for satisfactory operation of the new battery, turn the 8540C ON, calibrate a sensor, turn the
8540C OFF, wait ten seconds, and turn the 8540C instrument back ON. The sensor calibration should
still be valid, as indicated by the displayed power level.

6-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Maintenance

6.2

Troubleshooting
If the 8540C seems to be malfunctioning, the first step is to determine whether or not the problem is
actually being caused by the 8540C. Investigate any auxiliary equipment to which the 8540C is
connected, and check all connections between devices in the test setup. Make sure that the 8540C has
not been configured incorrectly (either by way of the front panel configuration menus or over the
GPIB).
Before investigating the 8540C’s circuits, review the circuit descriptions in Chapter 4.

☛
6.2.1

NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact Giga-tronics
customer service at 800.444.2878 or Fax 925.328.4702, so that a return authorization
number can be assigned.

General Failure
If the front panel displays are erratic, blank, or unresponsive to the front panel controls, this suggests a
general breakdown of the control system, probably resulting from a problem in the power supply or the
CPU circuit.

6.2.2

If nothing will light up on the front panel at all (not even the backlighting of the display window),
check the fuse. If the fuse has failed, check the line voltage setting, correct it if it is wrong, and
replace the fuse (see Section 1.2). The display window may not show a readable message if the
contrast setting on the rear panel is not adjusted properly.

Investigate the power supply circuit (see Sheet 3 of the A1 Circuit Schematic, drawing #21694 in
Chapter 8); check all regulated voltage outputs.

Check the connections between the CPU PC board (A1), the LCD display PC board (A4) and the
Front Panel PC board (A3).

Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C
If the instrument is a Model 8542C and only one of the two sensors will calibrate, troubleshoot the
circuits associated with the channel that fails. The separate channels are shown on Sheet 1 (Ch A) and
Sheet 2 (Ch B) of the A2 Analog Circuit Schematic, drawing #21697 in Chapter 8. For example, if the
unit will calibrate sensor A but not sensor B, proceed as follows:

6.2.3

Try reversing the two sensors to determine if one of them is bad.

If the unit fails to display the B UNCALIBRATED message, or fails to display any sensor B data when
the sensor is connected, the problem probably lies in the temperature sensing thermistor circuit
which connects to U39, pin 3. Measure the voltage at U39, pin 1. It should be about 2 or 3 volts. If
it is above 7 or below 0.5 volts, the thermistor circuit is faulty.

Functional Failures
If the power supplies and the CPU seem to be working normally, yet the 8540C will not perform its
calibration or measurement functions, it is necessary to perform more detailed testing to find the source
of the problem. A number of instrument self-test functions are available. On the Service menu, select
TEST FUNCTIONS for an extensive menu of tests.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

6-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

6-4

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7
Parts Lists
7.1

Introduction
This chapter contains the parts lists for all major and minor assemblies in the Series 8540C Universal
Power Meters. Parts lists for available Options are in Appendix C under the respective option heading.
A List of Manufacturers is included in Section 7.3.

7.2

Parts Lists for Series 8540C Universal Power
Meters
If not otherwise specified, the following parts lists apply to both the Model 8541C and 8542C power
meters.
8541C

SINGLE CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C

Item

Part Number

30160

58900

30160

8541C CHASSIS ASSY

30280

58900

30280

SERIES 8540C OPER/MAINT MANUAL

WMP0-03007

16428

17250

7.5’ IEC POWER CORD

20954-001

54516

20954-001

DET EXT CABLE ASSY 1.5M (5 FT)

30614

58900

30614

STANDARD COVER

HFFB-00001

62559

10603-023

TIP-UP FOOT

HFFB-00002

62559

10603-024

GRAY FOOT

21301

58900

21301

SIDE TRIM, 8540

21118

58900

21118

LABEL, TESTED BY

GGS0-00006

58900

GGS0-00006

GROUND STRIP

HBPP-44004

26233

NS137CR440R4

4-40 X 1/4 PAN

HBPP-44006

26233

NS137CR440R6

4-40 X 3/8 PAN

30016

REF

58900

30016

8540 SYSTEM TEST PROCED

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

7-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30160

7-2

8541C CHASSIS ASSY, Rev. L

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

30157

58900

30157

FRONT DEC. PANEL 8541C FAB

21200

58900

21200

CHASSIS

30506

0JBU8

30506

854X TOROIDAL PWR XFMR

JLFF-16250

05245

6EDL4C

AC INPUT MODULE

SPP3-00202

58900

SPP3-00202

250VAC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH

30161

REF

58900

30161

8540C SERIES SCHEMATIC

10129

58900

10129

LABEL, CODE AND SERIAL NUMBER

30508

58900

30508

854XC XFMR SPACER

SPA0-00012

31918

FSC-BLACK

BLACK BUTTON

JMPF-00003

09769

60617-1

FEMALE PIN

JMF0-00605

09769

1-480270-0

6 POSITION SKT HOUSING

30449

58900

30449

HIGH VOLTAGE LABEL

30438

58900

30438

PROM SET,MODEL 854XC

HIR0-00001

0HFJ2

27SR0018

NYLON SNAP RIVET

HQIS-00003

13103

21323

SILICONE INSULATOR

30013

REF

58900

30013

8540 SERIES JIT FLOW CHART

30552

REF

58900

30552

8540C PRETEST PROCEDURE

HT00-00409

53421

T-18R

4 WHITE CABLE TIE

WKC1-00000

92194

FIT-221-1 CLEAR

1" CLEAR SHRINK TUBING

30553

REF

58900

30553

8540C CALIB PROCEDURE

30017

REF

58900

30017

8540 CABINETIZING PROC

12936

16428

8723

CABLE SHIELD 4 COND

WGS0-00020

51705

SLV-130-20

20 GA 'GLASS' SLEEVING

WKAC-18708

92194

FIT221-1/8 X 1

3/16 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB

WKA0-12500

92194

FIT-221-1/8-BLACK

1/8" BLACK SHRINK TUBING

HIBR-00440

53387

SJ5303-CLEAR

MOLDED BUMPER

32023

-----

32023

CODE LABEL

101

HBFP-63205

58900

HBFP-63205

6-32 X 5/16 FLAT

102

HNSS-63205

58900

HNSS-63205

6-32 HEX NUT

103

HBPP-63204

58900

HBPP-63204

6-32 X 1/4 PAN

104

10116-004

58900

10116-004

SCR, PNH PHILLIPS 2-56x.125

105

JMSF-00003

09769

552633-3

IEEE CONN MOUNTING

106

HBFP-83240

58900

HBFP-83240

8-32 X 2.5 FLAT

107

HNNS-83205

58900

HNNS-83205

8-32 LOCKING NUT

108

10148-002

2R182

1415-6

SOLDER LUG, 30 DEG LOCKING #6

109

WSIB-1854X

92194

UL1429-18 (19)

18 GA PVC COLOR 54

110

HLLT-60212

79963

505-144 # 6

#6 SOLDER LUG

111

20192

58900

20192

SHELL,OBLONG

112

20259

58900

20259

COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING

113

20800

58900

20800

LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325

21693

58900

21693

CPU PCB ASSY 854xB

30164

-----

30164

8541C ANALOG P.C. ASSY

21331

58900

21331

FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541

FSAC-00075

-----

MDL-3/4

.75A SB FUSE 3AG

RT1

QX00-00275

58900

QX00-00275

275 V METAL OXIDE VAR.

21175-002

58900

21175-002

CABLE ASSY,CPU-GPIB

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

21331

FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541C, Rev. B

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

21153

21655

58900

21153

KEY PAD

-----

21655

BEZEL, CAST, 3-1/2 X 8-3/8

101

HBPP-440X3

102

HWSS-40300

58900

HBPP-440X3

4-40 X 7/32 PAN

58900

HWSS-40300

#4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK

103

HBFP-44006

104

HNKS-44004

58900

HBFP-44006

4-40 X 3/8 FLAT

58900

HNKS-44004

4-40 KEP NUT

105

WKA0-75000

92194

FIT-221-3/4

3/4 SHRINK TUBING

106

HWFS-40400

58900

HWFS-40400

#4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER

21229

58900

21229

FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY

21240

58900

21240

LCD DISPLAY ASSY

21217

58900

21217

CABLE ASSY,DIG-FRONT

21198

58900

21198

CABLE ASSY,CAL

21199

58900

21199

CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT

8542C

DUAL CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C

Item

Part Number

30172

58900

30172

CHASSIS ASSY - 8542C

30280

58900

30280

SERIES 8540C OPER/MAINT MANUAL

WMP0-03007

16428

17250

7.5’ IEC POWER CORD

20954-001

54516

20954-001

DET EXT CABLE ASSY 1.5M (5 FT)

30614

58900

30614

STANDARD COVER

HFFB-00001

62559

10603-023

TIP-UP FOOT

HFFB-00002

62559

10603-024

GRAY FOOT

21301

58900

21301

SIDE TRIM, 8540

21118

58900

21118

LABEL, TESTED BY

GGS0-00006

58900

GGS0-00006

GROUND STRIP

HBPP-44004

26233

NS137CR440R4

4-40 X 1/4 PAN

HBPP-44006

26233

NS137CR440R6

4-40 X 3/8 PAN

30016

REF

58900

30016

8540 SYSTEM TEST PROCED

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

7-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30172

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

30170

58900

30170

8542C FRONT DEC PANEL

7-4

CHASSIS ASSY, 8542C, Rev. M

Item

21200

58900

21200

CHASSIS

30506

0JBU8

30506

854X TOROIDAL PWR XFMR

JLFF-16250

05245

6EDL4C

AC INPUT MODULE

SPP3-00202

58900

SPP3-00202

250VAC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH

30161

REF

58900

30161

8540C SERIES SCHEMATIC

10129

58900

10129

LABEL, CODE AND SERIAL NUMBER

30508

58900

30508

854XC XFMR SPACER

30013

REF

58900

30013

8540 SERIES JIT FLOW CHART

SPA0-00012

31918

FSC-BLACK

BLACK BUTTON

JMPF-00003

09769

60617-1

FEMALE PIN

JMF0-00605

09769

1-480270-0

6 POSITION SKT HOUSING

30449

REF

58900

30449

HIGH VOLTAGE LABEL

30438

58900

30438

PROM SET,MODEL 854XC

HIR0-00001

0HFJ2

27SR0018

NYLON SNAP RIVET

HQIS-00003

13103

21323

SILICONE INSULATOR

30552

REF

58900

30552

8540C PRETEST PROCEDURE

30553

REF

58900

30553

8540C CALIB PROCEDURE

HT00-00409

53421

T-18R

4 WHITE CABLE TIE

WKC1-00000

92194

FIT-221-1 CLEAR

1" CLEAR SHRINK TUBING

30017

REF

58900

30017

8540 CABINETIZING PROC

12936

16428

8723

CABLE SHIELD 4 COND

WGS0-00020

51705

SLV-130-20

20 GA 'GLASS' SLEEVING

WKAC-18708

92194

FIT221-1/8 X 1

3/16 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB

WKA0-12500

92194

FIT-221-1/8-BLACK

1/8" BLACK SHRINK TUBING

HIBR-00440

53387

SJ5303-CLEAR

MOLDED BUMPER

32023

-----

32023

CODE LABEL

101

HBFP-63205

58900

HBFP-63205

6-32 X 5/16 FLAT

102

HNSS-63205

58900

HNSS-63205

6-32 HEX NUT

103

HBPP-63204

58900

HBPP-63204

6-32 X 1/4 PAN

104

10116-004

58900

10116-004

SCR, PNH PHILLIPS 2-56x.125

105

JMSF-00003

09769

552633-3

IEEE CONN MOUNTING

106

HBFP-83240

58900

HBFP-83240

8-32 X 2.5 FLAT

107

HNNS-83205

58900

HNNS-83205

8-32 LOCKING NUT

108

10148-002

2R182

1415-6

SOLDER LUG, 30 DEG LOCKING #6

109

WSIB-1854X

92194

UL1429-18 (19)

18 GA PVC COLOR 54

110

HLLT-60212

79963

505-144 # 6

#6 SOLDER LUG

111

20192

58900

20192

SHELL,OBLONG

112

20259

58900

20259

COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING

113

20800

58900

20800

LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325

21693

58900

21693

CPU PCB ASSY 854xB

30173

-----

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY

21332

58900

21332

FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B

FSAC-00075

-----

MDL-3/4

.75A SB FUSE 3AG

QX00-00275

58900

QX00-00275

275 V METAL OXIDE VAR.

21175-002

58900

21175-002

CABLE ASSY,CPU-GPIB

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

21332

FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B, Rev. C (A1)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

21153

58900

21153

KEY PAD

21655

-----

21655

BEZEL, CAST, 3-1/2 X 8-3/8

101

HBPP-440X3

58900

HBPP-440X3

4-40 X 7/32 PAN

102

HWSS-40300

58900

HWSS-40300

#4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK

103

HBFP-44006

58900

HBFP-44006

4-40 X 3/8 FLAT

104

HNKS-44004

58900

HNKS-44004

4-40 KEP NUT

105

WKA0-75000

92194

FIT-221-3/4

3/4 SHRINK TUBING

106

HWFS-40400

58900

HWFS-40400

#4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER

21229

58900

21229

FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY

21240

58900

21240

LCD DISPLAY ASSY

21217

58900

21217

CABLE ASSY,DIG-FRONT

21198

58900

21198

CABLE ASSY,CAL

21199

58900

21199

CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT

21199

58900

21199

CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT

21693

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

21719

58900

21719

21719 LABEL, CPU 854X

VB00-00360

58900

VB00-00360

3.6 VOLT LITHIUM BATTERY

HIBR-00440

53387

SJ5303-CLEAR

MOLDED BUMPER

21693-A00

58900

21693-A00

PCB ASSY PREWAVE, CPU

HIGP-00312

58900

HIGP-00312

PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET

HIPP-00312

58900

HIPP-00312

PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER

CE16-R8470

55680

UVX1C472MHA

>4700 UF >16V RADIAL

CE25-R8471

55680

UVX1E472MHA

4700UF 25V RADIAL

C12

CE25-R8471

55680

UVX1E472MHA

4700UF 25V RADIAL

C54

CE16-R8470

55680

UVX1C472MHA

>4700 UF >16V RADIAL

C55

CE25-R7470

55680

UVX1E471M

470 UF 25V RADIAL

JIB2-50100

09769

2-534206-5

50 PIN STRIPLINE SOCKET

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

R16

RAPA-22002

58900

RAPA-22002

20K POT 1T PC MOUNT

21699

58900

21699

PAL,PROG,MODEL 8540B

U27

UMN0-51001

4T165

UPD431000ACZ-70L

TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM

U28

UMN0-51001

4T165

UPD431000ACZ-70L

TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM

U37

URC0-02940

27014

LM2940CT-5

LM2940CT-5 1A 5V REG

U38

URC0-02940

27014

LM2940CT-5

LM2940CT-5 1A 5V REG

U39

URC1-02940

27014

LM2940CT-15

LM2940CT-15 1A 15V REG

U40

URC0-02990

27014

LM2990T-15

LM2990T-15 1A -15V REG

W 3A

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

W 3C

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

21693

CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

W 3D

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

W 3E

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

W 3F

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

W 3H

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

21693-A00

7-6

PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

21694

REF

58900

21694

SCHEMATIC, CPU

21094

58900

21094

PCB, CPU

JIA0-01443

113

58900

JIA0-01443

CONTACT POST

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

CE25-R7100

00656

AMR101M025

100 UF 25V RADIAL LEAD

CE50-R6100

55680

UVX1H100MDA

10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

CE50-R6100

55680

UVX1H100MDA

10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

C10

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

C11

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

C13

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

C14

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

C15

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C16

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C17

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C18

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C19

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C20

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C21

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C22

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C23

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C24

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C25

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C26

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C27

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C28

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C29

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C30

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C31

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C32

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C33

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C34

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C35

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C36

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

21693-A00

PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C37

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C38

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C39

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C40

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C42

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C43

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C44

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C45

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C46

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C47

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C48

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C49

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C50

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C51

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C52

CC50-04470

04222

SR301E474MAA

.47 UF CERAMIC Y5V

CR2

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR3

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR4

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR5

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR6

DBMC-00010

58900

DBMC-00010

PE10 5A 100V BRIDGE RECTIFIER

CR7

DBMC-00001

0RF16

CSB1

1 A DIP BRIDGE

DS1

ILYR-00125

28480

HLMP-1440

YELLOW LED

DS2

ILYR-00125

28480

HLMP-1440

YELLOW LED

JIA2-40370

09769

2-103783-0

40 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER

JIA2-24370

09769

1-103783-2

24 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER

JIA1-16295

09769

1-640456-6

16 PIN LOCKING STRIP PLUG

JIA2-50285

58900

JIA2-50285

50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

JMM0-00604

09769

1-380999-0

6 PIN MALE CONNECTOR

J10

JIA1-04230

09769

103747-4

4PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

J11

19477-003

09769

640456-4

CONN HDR POST STR LOCK 4POS

QBNS-03904

04713

2N3904

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

RN55-22000

91637

RN55C2002F

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM
K OHMS 1% MET FILM

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

RN55-02210

91637

RN55C2210F

221 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R10

RN55-02210

91637

RN55C2210F

221 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R11

RN55-04750

91637

RN55C4750F

475 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R12

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R13

RN55-04750

91637

RN55C4750F

475 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R14

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R18

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R19

RN55-01000

91637

RN55C1000F

100 OHMS 1% MET FILM

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

7-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

21693-A00

7-8

PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R20

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R21

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R22

RN55-31000

91637

RN55C1003F

100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R23

RN55-31000

91637

RN55C1003F

100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R24

RN55-31000

91637

RN55C1003F

100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R25

RN55-31000

91637

RN55C1003F

100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R26

RN55-00100

91637

RN55C10R0F

OHMS 1% MET FILM

R27

RN55-00100

91637

RN55C10R0F

OHMS 1% MET FILM

R28

RN55-00100

91637

RN55C10R0F

OHMS 1% MET FILM

R29

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

RP1

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP2

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP3

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP4

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP5

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP6

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

TP1

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP2

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP3

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP4

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP5

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP6

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP7

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP8

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP12

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP13

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP14

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP15

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP16

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP17

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

TP18

ETT0-00001

63345

330.100W/ TIN PLATE

TEST JACK PIN

UTN0-00742

58900

UTN0-00742

74HC74 DUAL D FLIP FLOP

UTN0-03932

01295

SN74HC393N

74HC393 BINARY DIVIDE

UGN0-71055

4T165

UPD71055C

uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE

UIN0-75160

01295

SN75160BN

SN75160N IEEE BUFFER

UIN0-75162

01295

SN75162BN

SN75162N IEEE BUFFER

UGN0-09914

01295

TMS9914NL (ANL)

TMS9914NL IEEE 488

UGN0-68000

04713

MC68HC000P-12

HD68HC000P-8 COMPUTER

U10

UIN0-01210

0B0A9

DS1210

DS1210 NONVOL CONTROLLER

U11

UTN0-00322

01295

74HC32N

74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR

U12

UTN0-02453

01295

SN74HCT245N

74HCT245 OCTAL BUSXCVR

U13

UTN0-02453

01295

SN74HCT245N

74HCT245 OCTAL BUSXCVR

U14

UTN0-02443

01295

SN74HCT244N

SN74HCT244N BUFFER

U15

UTN0-01382

01295

74HC138N

74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

21693-A00

PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

U16

UTN0-00322

01295

74HC32N

74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR

U17

UTN0-00042

01295

SN74HC04N

74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT

U18

UTN0-01382

01295

74HC138N

74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP

U19

UTN0-01382

01295

74HC138N

74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP

U20

UTN0-00052

01295

SN74HC05N

74HC05, HEX INVERTER

U21

UTN0-01482

01295

SN74HC148N

74HC148 PRIORITY ENCODER

U22

UIN0-01231

0B0A9

DS1231-50

DS1231-50 POWER MONITOR

U23

UGN0-08279

34335

AM8279DC

8279 KEY/DISPLAY INTERFACE

U24

UTN0-00143

58900

UTN0-00143

74HCT14N HEX SCHMITT TRIGGER

U25

UGN0-71055

4T165

UPD71055C

uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE

U26

UGN0-71054

4T165

UPD71054C

uPD71054C PROG COUNTER

JIA2-16370

09769

1-103783-8

16 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER

JIA2-30370

09769

1-103783-5

30 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER

XU4

JSP0-10020

09769

2-641612-1

20 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU27

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU28

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU29

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU30

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU31

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU32

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU33

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU34

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU35

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

XU36

JSP0-10032

09769

390263-2

32 PIN DIP SOCKET

YX00-00024

61429

F1100H 24.0000MHz

24 MHZ OSCILLATOR

30164
Item

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)
Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

HIBR-00440

53387

SJ5303-CLEAR

MOLDED BUMPER

20192

REF

58900

20192

SHELL,OBLONG

20259

REF

58900

20259

COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING

20260

-----

20260

HOUSING,CALIBRATOR

20800

REF

58900

20800

LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325

HIGP-00312

58900

HIGP-00312

PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET

HIPP-00312

58900

HIPP-00312

PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER

HBPP-44004

26233

NS137CR440R4

4-40 X 1/4 PAN

HWSS-40300

58900

HWSS-40300

#4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK

GFU0-01204

53387

4504-3/4"

3/4 X 1/4 FOAM TAPE

30163

58900

30163

8540C ANALOG PCB

30165

REF

58900

30165

8540C ANALOG PCB SCH.

PH00-00001

4J674

44-CBS-1.5X5.5X.4

SHIELD COVER

30166

REF

58900

30166

8540C ANALOG P.C.B. TEST PLAN

WTT0-22001

16428

#22AWG-TFE/TW

#22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-9

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30164

7-10

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

20112

REF

58900

20112

CALIB THERM OVEN PCB ASSY

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C10

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C11

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C14

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C15

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C16

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C17

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C18

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C19

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C20

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C21

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C22

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C23

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C24

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C25

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C26

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C27

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C28

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C31

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C32

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C33

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C34

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C35

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C36

CC98-00330

-----

CCD-330

33 PF 1KV CERAMIC NPO

C37

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C38

CC50-04220

31433

C322C224M5U5CA

.22 UF CERAMIC Z5U

C39

CF00-04470

58900

CF00-04470

.47UF 100V POLYPROPYLENE

C40

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C41

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C42

CE50-R5470

74840

475PGM050M

4.7UF 50V RADIAL

C43

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C44

CE50-R5470

74840

475PGM050M

4.7UF 50V RADIAL

C45

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C46

CE50-R5470

74840

475PGM050M

4.7UF 50V RADIAL

C47

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30164

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C48

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C49

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C50

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C51

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C52

CD99-01150

-----

DM15-151F

150 PF DIP MICA

C53

CD99-01240

-----

DM15-241F

240 PF DIP MICA

C54

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C55

CD99-00620

-----

CMO5FD620F03

62 PF DIP MICA

C56

CD99-01120

-----

CMO6FD121J03

120 PF DIP MICA

C57

CD99-00620

-----

CMO5FD620F03

62 PF DIP MICA

C58

CD00-02100

-----

CM05E102

1000 PF DIP MICA

C59

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C60

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C61

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C62

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C63

CD00-02100

-----

CM05E102

1000 PF DIP MICA

C64

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C65

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C66

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C67

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C68

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C69

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C70

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C71

CC50-02470

31433

C315C472K1R5CA

4700 PF CERAMIC X7R

C72

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C73

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C74

CC50-02470

31433

C315C472K1R5CA

4700 PF CERAMIC X7R

C75

CC50-04220

31433

C322C224M5U5CA

.22 UF CERAMIC Z5U

C77

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C78

CC50-02100

04222

SR155C122MAT

.001 UF CERAMIC Y5P

C79

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C80

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C81

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C82

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C83

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C84

CC50-03470

31433

C320C473K5R5CA

.047 UF CERAMIC X7R

C85

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C86

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C87

CC50-02100

04222

SR155C122MAT

.001 UF CERAMIC Y5P

C88

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C89

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C90

CK50-00100

54583

CC0805HNPO15150J

10 PF NPO CHIP

C91

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C92

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-11

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30164

7-12

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C93

CK50-00100

54583

CC0805HNPO15150J

10 PF NPO CHIP

C94

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C98

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C100

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C101

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C102

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C104

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C105

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C106

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C107

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C108

CK51-02100

04222

08055C102KATMA

1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C109

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C110

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C111

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C113

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C124

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C125

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C126

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C127

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C128

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C129

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C130

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C131

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C132

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C133

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C134

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C135

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C136

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C137

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C138

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C139

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C140

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C141

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C142

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C143

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C144

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C145

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C146

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C147

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C148

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C149

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C150

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C151

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C152

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30164

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C153

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C154

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C155

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C156

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C159

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C160

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C161

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C162

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C163

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C164

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C165

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C166

CE50-R6100

55680

UVX1H100MDA

10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD

C167

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C168

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C171

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C172

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C175

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C176

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C177

CC50-04220

31433

C322C224M5U5CA

.22 UF CERAMIC Z5U

C178

CK51-02100

04222

08055C102KATMA

1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C180

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C181

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C191

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C202

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C203

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C204

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C205

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C206

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C207

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C209

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C210

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C211

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C228

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C229

CK50-01100

58900

CK50-01100

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C230

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C231

CK50-01470

58900

CK50-01470

470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC

C232

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C233

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C234

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C235

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C236

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C237

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C238

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C239

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-13

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30164

7-14

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C240

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C241

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C243

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C246

CK50-01470

58900

CK50-01470

470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC

CR2

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR3

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR4

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR5

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR6

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR7

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR8

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR9

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR10

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR11

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR12

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR13

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR14

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR15

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR20

DZAB-00751

04713

1N751A

1N751A 5.1V ZENER

JIR2-14318

09769

102975-7

14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

JRBM-00100

58900

JRBM-00100

SMB M PC MOUNT

L11

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

L12

19203

OB3G8

19203

.1 UH RF COIL

L13

15293

58900

15293

.17 UH INDUCTOR

L14

15293

58900

15293

.17 UH INDUCTOR

L15

15293

58900

15293

.17 UH INDUCTOR

L16

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

L17

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

L18

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

JIA2-50318

09769

2-87227-5

50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

QBPP-00170

04713

MJE 170

MJE 170 3A 40V 12.5W PNP

QBNS-03904

04713

2N3904

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN

QBNS-03904

04713

2N3904

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN

QBNP-00231

58900

QBNP-00231

BFQ231 1W 1GHZ NPN

QBPS-03644

53387

2N3645

2N3644 .3 A 45 V PNP

QBNS-03569

4U751

2N3569

PN3569 .5A 40V NPN

QBNS-03569

4U751

2N3569

PN3569 .5A 40V NPN

QBNC-03904

04713

MMBT3904L

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN SMT

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q10

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q11

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q12

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30164

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

Q13

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q14

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q15

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT
SMT

Q16

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-03160

-----

RK73H2AT3160F

316 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R10

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R11

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R12

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R13

RK45-03160

-----

RK73H2AT3160F

316 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R14

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R15

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R16

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R17

RK45-31470

-----

RK73H2AT1473F

147K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R18

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R19

RK45-02870

-----

RK73H2AT2870F

287 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R20

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R21

RK45-21470

58900

RK45-21470

14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R22

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R23

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R24

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R25

RK45-00681

59124

RK73H2AT68R1F

68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R26

RK45-00681

59124

RK73H2AT68R1F

68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R27

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R28

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R29

RK45-15100

-----

RK73H2AT5111F

5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R30

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R31

RN55-03320

91637

RN55C3320F

332 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R32

RN55-03320

91637

RN55C3320F

332 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R33

RN55-11820

91637

RN55C1821F

1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R34

RK45-31000

-----

RK73H2AT1003F

100K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R35

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R36

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R37

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R38

RK45-14420

58900

RK45-14420

4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R39

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R40

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R41

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-15

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30164

7-16

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R42

RK45-15100

-----

RK73H2AT5111F

5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R43

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R44

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R46

RK45-22670

58900

RK45-22670

26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R47

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R48

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R50

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R51

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R52

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R53

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R59

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R62

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R63

RK45-00412

58900

RK45-00412

41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R64

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R65

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R66

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R67

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R68

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R69

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R70

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R73

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R77

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R78

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R96

RK45-31000

-----

RK73H2AT1003F

100K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R97

RN55-11820

91637

RN55C1821F

1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R98

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R99

RN55-00274

91637

RN55C27R4F

27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R100

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R101

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R102

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R103

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R106

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R107

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R108

RN55-03920

91637

RN55C3920F

392 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R109

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R110

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R111

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R112

RK45-21470

58900

RK45-21470

14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R113

RN55-24750

91637

RN55C4752F

47.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R114

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R115

RN55-11130

91637

RN55D 1.13K OHM 1%

1.13 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R117

RN57-21500

58900

RN57-21500

15.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R118

RN57-11290

53387

LM3C1291B

1.29K OHM .1% MET FILM

R119

RN57-21250

60393

GP 1/4-TC50-12.5-.1%

12.5 K OHM .1% MET FILM

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30164

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R120

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R121

RN55-41000

91637

RN55C1004F

M OHMS 1% MET FILM

R122

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R123

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R124

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R125

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R126

RN57-21333

58900

RN57-21333

13.33 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R127

12449-129

58900

12449-129

40.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R128

RN55-12210

91637

RN55C2211F

2.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R129

RK45-31470

-----

RK73H2AT1473F

147K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R130

RK45-22670

58900

RK45-22670

26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R131

RN55-12000

91637

RN55C2001F

2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R132

RN55-12000

91637

RN55C2001F

2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R133

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R134

RN55-13010

91637

RN55C3011F

3.01 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R135

RN55-22210

91637

RN55C2212F

22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R136

RN55-23160

91637

RN55C3162F

31.6 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R137

RN55-21330

91637

RN55C1332F

13.3 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R138

RK45-13320

91637

CRCW08053321FT

3.32K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R139

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R140

RN55-14990

91637

RN55C4991F

4.99 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R141

RN57-18000

58900

RN57-18000

8.00 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R142

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R143

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R144

RN55-00274

91637

RN55C27R4F

27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R145

RK45-02870

-----

RK73H2AT2870F

287 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R146

RN55-12490

91637

RN55C2491F

2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R147

RN55-12490

91637

RN55C2491F

2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R148

RN55-21210

91637

RN55C1212F

12.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R149

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R150

RN55-03740

91637

RN55C3740F

374 OHMS 1% MET FILM

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R151

RN55-03740

91637

RN55C3740F

374 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R152

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R153

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R154

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R155

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R156

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R157

RN55-00619

91637

CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R

61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R158

RN55-00953

91637

RNC55H95R3FP

95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM

R159

RN55-00953

91637

RNC55H95R3FP

95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM

R160

RN55-11500

91637

RN55C1501F

1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R161

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R162

RN55-00287

91637

CCF55-2-28.7^1%T2T/R

28.7 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R163

RN55-00110

91637

RN55C11R0F

11.0 OHMS 1% MET FILM

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-17

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30164

7-18

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R164

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R165

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R166

RN55-00619

91637

CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R

61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R167

RN55-02430

91637

RN55C2430F

243 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R168

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R169

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R170

RN55-00619

91637

CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R

61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R171

RN55-23010

91637

RN55C3012F

30.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R172

RN55-31100

91637

RN55C1103F

110 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R173

RN55-12740

91637

RN55C2741F

2.74K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R174

RG03-00150

91637

FP215R0 5%

15 OHM 10% METAL GLAZE

R175

RN55-11500

91637

RN55C1501F

1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R176

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R177

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R178

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R179

RN55-22210

91637

RN55C2212F

22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R180

RN55-21500

91637

RN55C1502F

R181

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R182

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R183

RN55-02490

91637

RN55C2490F

249 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R184

RN55-34750

91637

RN55C4753F

475 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R185

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R186

RN55-12000

91637

RN55C2001F

2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R187

RN55-00100

91637

RN55C10R0F

R188

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

OHMS 1% MET FILM

R189

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R190

RK45-00576

59124

RN73K2A57R6F

57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R191

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R194

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R195

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R198

RN55-01000

91637

RN55C1000F

100 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R199

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R214

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R225

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R226

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R228

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R229

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R232

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R233

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R234

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R235

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R236

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R240

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R241

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30164

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R242

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R243

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R245

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R246

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R247

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R248

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R249

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R250

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R251

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R252

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R253

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R254

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R255

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R256

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R257

RK45-12400

-----

RK73H2AT2431F

2.4K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R258

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R261

RK45-09530

-----

RK73H2AT9530F

953 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R263

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R264

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R269

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R270

RK45-00196

59124

RN73K2A19R6F

19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R272

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R273

RW03-00390

91637

RS-2B-39-1

39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND

R274

RW03-00390

91637

RS-2B-39-1

39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND

RP1

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP2

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP3

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RT2

RTC2-21000

56866

QTMC-14

10 K OHM THERMISTOR

RT3

FSS0-00050

06090

RXE050

.5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER

RT4

FSS0-00050

06090

RXE050

.5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER

TP1

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP2

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP3

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP4

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP5

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP6

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP7

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP8

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP10

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP11

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP12

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP13

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP14

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP15

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-19

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30164

7-20

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

TP16

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP23

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP24

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP27

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP28

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP31

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP32

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP35

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP37

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

ULN0-00411

17856

DG411DJ

DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH

UFN0-03240

58900

UFN0-03240

CA3240E DUAL OP AMP

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

ULN0-00393

01295

LM393P

LM393N VOLT COMPARATOR

UVG0-00070

64155

LM199H

LM399H 7V PRECISION ZENER

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

ULN0-00411

17856

DG411DJ

DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH

UTN0-00322

01295

74HC32N

74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR

U10

UTN0-00082

01295

SN74HC08N

74HC08N QUAD AND

U11

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

U12

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

U13

UIN0-07534

24355

AD7534JN

AD7534JN 14 BIT DAC

U14

UMN0-02444

60395

X2444P

X2444P 256 BIT NV RAM

U15

UTN0-00042

01295

SN74HC04N

74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT

U16

UFN1-00324

01295

LM324N

LM324AN QUAD OP AMP

U17

UID0-07245

24355

AD7245AAR

AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC

U18

UGN0-71055

4T165

UPD71055C

uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE

U19

UFN1-00324

01295

LM324N

LM324AN QUAD OP AMP

U21

UGN0-71055

4T165

UPD71055C

uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE

U22

UID0-07891

24355

AD7891AP-2

AD7891AP-2 MUX/ADC SMT

U23

URD1-07805

04713

MC78L05ACD

MC78L05ACD .1A 5V REG

U24

UFD0-01007

64155

LT1007CS8

LT1007CS8 OP AMP

U25

UFD0-01356

64155

LT1356CS

LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT

U26

UFD0-00436

62839

CLC436AJE

CLC436AJE OP AMP

U27

UFD0-01007

64155

LT1007CS8

LT1007CS8 OP AMP

U28

ULD0-00613

17856

DG613DY

DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT

U29

UFD0-00426

62839

CLC426AJE

CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT

SMT

U31

ULD0-00409

17856

DG409DY

DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT

U33

URD1-07812

04713

MC78M12CDT

MC78M12CDT .5A 12V REG

U34

URD0-07912

01295

MC79L12ACD

MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT

U35

URD0-07812

04713

MC78L12ACD

MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT

U36

ULD0-00642

17856

DG642DY

DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT

U37

UID0-07245

24355

AD7245AAR

AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC

U38

UFN1-00358

01295

LM358AP

LM358AN DUAL OP AMP

SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30164

8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

U39

UFD0-00324

04713

LM324D

LM324D QUAD OP AMP SMT

U40

URD1-07912

01295

UA78M45CKTP

MC79M12CDT .5A -12V REG

U41

UTD0-00143

04713

MC74HCT14AD

74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT

U44

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U45

UFD0-00111

62839

CLC111AJE

CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT

U46

UFD0-00111

62839

CLC111AJE

CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT

U47

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U48

UFD0-00426

62839

CLC426AJE

CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT

U52

UFD0-00428

62839

CLC428JE

CLC428AJE OP AMP

U54

UFD0-01356

64155

LT1356CS

LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT

U56

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U57

URD0-07905

04713

MC79M05CDT

MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT

U58

URD0-07805

04713

MC78M05CDT

MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM

U59

UFD0-00428

62839

CLC428JE

CLC428AJE OP AMP

U62

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U64

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U90

ULD0-00642

17856

DG642DY

DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT

SMT

U91

UID0-01410

64155

LTC1410CS

LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT

U104

30619

58900

30619

PROG GAL 854XC A2 U104

U105

30621

58900

30621

PROG GAL 854XC A2 U105

U106

30623

58900

30623

PROG GAL 854XC A2 U106

U107

UTD0-00742

01295

SN74HC74D

74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT

U108

UTD0-00742

01295

SN74HC74D

74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT

U109

UTD0-00742

01295

SN74HC74D

74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT

U110

UTD0-40402

01295

74HC4040D

74HC4040D 12 BIT CT SMT

U111

30625

58900

30625

PROG EPROM 854XC A2 U111

U112

UGD0-09501

24355

AD9501JP

AD9501JP DELAY GEN SMT

U113

UTD0-00143

04713

MC74HCT14AD

74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT

JIA1-03230

58900

JIA1-03230

3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

XW1

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-21

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-22

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

HIBR-00440

53387

SJ5303-CLEAR

MOLDED BUMPER

20192

REF

58900

20192

SHELL,OBLONG

20259

REF

58900

20259

COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING

20260

-----

20260

HOUSING,CALIBRATOR

20800

REF

58900

20800

LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325

HIGP-00312

58900

HIGP-00312

PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET

HIPP-00312

58900

HIPP-00312

PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER

HBPP-44004

26233

NS137CR440R4

4-40 X 1/4 PAN

HWSS-40300

58900

HWSS-40300

#4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK

GFU0-01204

53387

4504-3/4"

3/4 X 1/4 FOAM TAPE

30163

58900

30163

8540C ANALOG PCB

30165

REF

58900

30165

8540C ANALOG PCB SCH.

PH00-00001

4J674

44-CBS-1.5X5.5X.4

SHIELD COVER

30166

REF

58900

30166

8540C ANALOG PCB TEST PLAN

WTT0-22001

16428

#22AWG-TFE/TW

#22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG

20112

REF

58900

20112

CALIB THERM OVEN PCB ASSY

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C10

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C11

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C14

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C15

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C16

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C17

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C18

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C19

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C20

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C21

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C22

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C23

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C24

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C25

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C26

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C27

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C28

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C29

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C30

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C31

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C32

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C33

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C34

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C35

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C36

CC98-00330

-----

CCD-330

33 PF 1KV CERAMIC NPO

C37

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C38

CC50-04220

31433

C322C224M5U5CA

.22 UF CERAMIC Z5U

C39

CF00-04470

58900

CF00-04470

.47UF 100V POLYPROPYLENE

C40

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C41

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C42

CE50-R5470

74840

475PGM050M

4.7UF 50V RADIAL

C43

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C44

CE50-R5470

74840

475PGM050M

4.7UF 50V RADIAL

C45

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C46

CE50-R5470

74840

475PGM050M

4.7UF 50V RADIAL

C47

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C48

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C49

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C50

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C51

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C52

CD99-01150

-----

DM15-151F

150 PF DIP MICA

C53

CD99-01240

-----

DM15-241F

240 PF DIP MICA

C54

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C55

CD99-00620

-----

CMO5FD620F03

62 PF DIP MICA

C56

CD99-01120

-----

CMO6FD121J03

120 PF DIP MICA

C57

CD99-00620

-----

CMO5FD620F03

62 PF DIP MICA

C58

CD00-02100

-----

CM05E102

1000 PF DIP MICA

C59

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C60

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C61

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C62

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C63

CD00-02100

-----

CM05E102

1000 PF DIP MICA

C64

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C65

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C66

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C67

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C68

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C69

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C70

CC00-02220

04222

SR201A222KAA

2200 PF CERAMIC COG

C71

CC50-02470

31433

C315C472K1R5CA

4700 PF CERAMIC X7R

C72

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C73

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C74

CC50-02470

31433

C315C472K1R5CA

4700 PF CERAMIC X7R

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-23

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-24

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C75

CC50-04220

31433

C322C224M5U5CA

.22 UF CERAMIC Z5U

C77

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C78

CC50-02100

04222

SR155C122MAT

.001 UF CERAMIC Y5P

C79

CC50-01100

04222

SR151A101JAA

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C80

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C81

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C82

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C83

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C84

CC50-03470

31433

C320C473K5R5CA

.047 UF CERAMIC X7R

C85

CC50-02220

04222

SR155C222KAA

2200PF CERAMIC X7R

C86

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C87

CC50-02100

04222

SR155C122MAT

.001 UF CERAMIC Y5P

C88

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C89

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C90

CK50-00100

54583

CC0805HNPO15150J

10 PF NPO CHIP

C91

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C92

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C93

CK50-00100

54583

CC0805HNPO15150J

10 PF NPO CHIP

C94

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C95

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C96

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C97

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C98

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C99

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C100

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C101

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C102

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C103

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C104

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C105

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C106

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C107

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C108

CK51-02100

04222

08055C102KATMA

1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C109

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C110

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C111

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C113

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C114

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C115

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C116

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C117

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C118

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C119

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C120

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C121

CK50-00100

54583

CC0805HNPO15150J

10 PF NPO CHIP

C122

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C123

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C124

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C125

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C126

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C127

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C128

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C129

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C130

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C131

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C132

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C133

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C134

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C135

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C136

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C137

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C138

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C139

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C140

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C141

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C142

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C143

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C144

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C145

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C146

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C147

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C148

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C149

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C150

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C151

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C152

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C153

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C154

CC50-03100

54583

RD30HX7R103K

.01 UF CERAMIC X7R

C155

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C156

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C157

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C158

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C159

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C160

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C161

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C162

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C163

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C164

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-25

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-26

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C165

CC51-04100

04222

SR205C-104KAA

.1 UF CERAMIC X7R

C166

CE50-R6100

55680

UVX1H100MDA

10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD

C167

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C168

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C169

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C170

CK50-00100

54583

CC0805HNPO15150J

10 PF NPO CHIP

C171

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C172

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C173

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C174

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C175

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C176

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C177

CC50-04220

31433

C322C224M5U5CA

.22 UF CERAMIC Z5U

C178

CK51-02100

04222

08055C102KATMA

1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C179

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C180

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C181

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C182

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C183

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C184

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C185

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C186

CK51-02100

04222

08055C102KATMA

1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C187

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C188

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C189

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C190

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C191

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C192

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C193

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C194

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C195

CK51-05220

58900

CK51-05220

2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC

C196

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C197

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C198

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C199

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C200

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C201

CK51-02100

04222

08055C102KATMA

1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C202

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C203

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C204

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C205

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C206

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C207

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C208

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

C209

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C210

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C211

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C212

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C215

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C216

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C217

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C218

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C219

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C220

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C222

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C223

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C224

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C225

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C226

CT25-S6101

04222

TAJD106M025R

10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT

C227

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C228

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C229

CK50-01100

58900

CK50-01100

100 PF CERAMIC NPO

C230

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C231

CK50-01470

58900

CK50-01470

470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC

C232

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C233

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C234

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C235

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C236

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C237

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C238

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C239

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C240

CK50-03100

31433

C0805C103K5RAC

.01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C241

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C242

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C243

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C244

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C245

CK50-03470

31433

C0805C473K5RAC

.047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC

C246

CK50-01470

58900

CK50-01470

470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC

C247

CK50-01470

58900

CK50-01470

470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC

C248

CK50-01470

58900

CK50-01470

470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC

CR2

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR3

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR4

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR5

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR6

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR7

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR8

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-27

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-28

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

CR9

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR10

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR11

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR12

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR13

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR14

13618

58900

13618

DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns

CR15

DSA0-04148

58900

DSA0-04148

1N4148 G.P. DIODE

CR16

DSA2-00099

58900

DSA2-00099

BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT

CR17

DSA2-00099

58900

DSA2-00099

BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT

CR18

DSA2-00099

58900

DSA2-00099

BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT

CR19

DSA2-00099

58900

DSA2-00099

BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT

CR20

DZAB-00751

04713

1N751A

1N751A 5.1V ZENER

JIR2-14318

09769

102975-7

14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

JIR2-14318

09769

102975-7

14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

JRDF-00008

09769

413524-1

BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT

JRBM-00100

58900

JRBM-00100

SMB M PC MOUNT

L11

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

L12

19203

OB3G8

19203

.1 UH RF COIL

L13

15293

58900

15293

.17 UH INDUCTOR

L14

15293

58900

15293

.17 UH INDUCTOR

L15

15293

58900

15293

.17 UH INDUCTOR

L16

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

L17

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

L18

LAB0-05680

58900

LAB0-05680

6.8 UH INDUCTOR

JIA2-50318

09769

2-87227-5

50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

QBPP-00170

04713

MJE 170

MJE 170 3A 40V 12.5W PNP

QBNS-03904

04713

2N3904

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN

QBNS-03904

04713

2N3904

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN

QBNP-00231

58900

QBNP-00231

BFQ231 1W 1GHZ NPN

QBPS-03644

53387

2N3645

2N3644 .3 A 45 V PNP

QBNS-03569

4U751

2N3569

PN3569 .5A 40V NPN

QBNS-03569

4U751

2N3569

PN3569 .5A 40V NPN

QBNC-03904

04713

MMBT3904L

2N3904 .2A 40V NPN SMT

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q10

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q11

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q12

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q13

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q14

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q15

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q16

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q17

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q18

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

Q19

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q20

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q21

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q22

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT

Q23

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

SMT
SMT

Q24

QJNS-04416

04713

MMBF4416L

MMBF4416L FET AMP

RK45-15100

-----

RK73H2AT5111F

5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-03160

-----

RK73H2AT3160F

316 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R10

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R11

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R12

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R13

RK45-03160

-----

RK73H2AT3160F

316 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R14

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R15

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R16

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R17

RK45-31470

-----

RK73H2AT1473F

147K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R18

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R19

RK45-02870

-----

RK73H2AT2870F

287 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R20

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R21

RK45-21470

58900

RK45-21470

14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R22

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R23

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R24

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R25

RK45-00681

59124

RK73H2AT68R1F

68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R26

RK45-00681

59124

RK73H2AT68R1F

68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R27

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R28

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R29

RK45-15100

-----

RK73H2AT5111F

5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R30

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R31

RN55-03320

91637

RN55C3320F

332 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R32

RN55-03320

91637

RN55C3320F

332 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R33

RN55-11820

91637

RN55C1821F

1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R34

RK45-31000

-----

RK73H2AT1003F

100K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R35

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R36

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R37

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R38

RK45-14420

58900

RK45-14420

4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-29

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-30

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R39

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R40

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R41

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R42

RK45-15100

-----

RK73H2AT5111F

5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R43

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R44

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R45

RK45-15100

-----

RK73H2AT5111F

5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R46

RK45-22670

58900

RK45-22670

26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R47

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R48

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R49

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R50

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R51

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R52

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R53

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R54

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R55

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R56

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R57

RK45-03160

-----

RK73H2AT3160F

316 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R58

RK45-00681

59124

RK73H2AT68R1F

68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R59

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R60

RK45-00681

59124

RK73H2AT68R1F

68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R61

RK45-00196

59124

RN73K2A19R6F

19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R62

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R63

RK45-00412

58900

RK45-00412

41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R64

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R65

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R66

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R67

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R68

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R69

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R70

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R71

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R72

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R73

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R74

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R75

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R76

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R77

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R78

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R85

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R86

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R87

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R88

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R89

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R90

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R91

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R92

RK45-14420

58900

RK45-14420

4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R93

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R94

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R95

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R96

RK45-31000

-----

RK73H2AT1003F

100K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R97

RN55-11820

91637

RN55C1821F

1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R98

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R99

RN55-00274

91637

RN55C27R4F

27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R100

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R101

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R102

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R103

RN57-25000

58900

RN57-25000

50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R104

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R105

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R106

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R107

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R108

RN55-03920

91637

RN55C3920F

392 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R109

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R110

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R111

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R112

RK45-21470

58900

RK45-21470

14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R113

RN55-24750

91637

RN55C4752F

47.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R114

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R115

RN55-11130

91637

RN55D 1.13K OHM 1%

1.13 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R117

RN57-21500

58900

RN57-21500

15.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R118

RN57-11290

53387

LM3C1291B

1.29K OHM .1% MET FILM

R119

RN57-21250

60393

GP 1/4-TC50-12.5-.1%

12.5 K OHM .1% MET FILM

R120

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R121

RN55-41000

91637

RN55C1004F

M OHMS 1% MET FILM

R122

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R123

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R124

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R125

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R126

RN57-21333

58900

RN57-21333

13.33 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R127

12449-129

58900

12449-129

40.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R128

RN55-12210

91637

RN55C2211F

2.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R129

RK45-31470

-----

RK73H2AT1473F

147K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R130

RK45-22670

58900

RK45-22670

26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R131

RN55-12000

91637

RN55C2001F

2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R132

RN55-12000

91637

RN55C2001F

2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R133

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-31

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-32

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R134

RN55-13010

91637

RN55C3011F

3.01 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R135

RN55-22210

91637

RN55C2212F

22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R136

RN55-23160

91637

RN55C3162F

31.6 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R137

RN55-21330

91637

RN55C1332F

13.3 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R138

RK45-13320

91637

CRCW08053321FT

3.32K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R139

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R140

RN55-14990

91637

RN55C4991F

4.99 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R141

RN57-18000

58900

RN57-18000

8.00 K OHM .1 % MET FILM

R142

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM
K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R143

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R144

RN55-00274

91637

RN55C27R4F

27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R145

RK45-02870

-----

RK73H2AT2870F

287 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R146

RN55-12490

91637

RN55C2491F

2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R147

RN55-12490

91637

RN55C2491F

2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R148

RN55-21210

91637

RN55C1212F

12.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R149

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R150

RN55-03740

91637

RN55C3740F

374 OHMS 1% MET FILM

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R151

RN55-03740

91637

RN55C3740F

374 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R152

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R153

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R154

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R155

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R156

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R157

RN55-00619

91637

CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R

61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R158

RN55-00953

91637

RNC55H95R3FP

95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM

R159

RN55-00953

91637

RNC55H95R3FP

95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM

R160

RN55-11500

91637

RN55C1501F

1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R161

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R162

RN55-00287

91637

CCF55-2-28.7^1%T2T/R

28.7 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R163

RN55-00110

91637

RN55C11R0F

11.0 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R164

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R165

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R166

RN55-00619

91637

CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R

61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R167

RN55-02430

91637

RN55C2430F

243 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R168

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R169

RN55-04990

91637

RN55C4990F

499 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R170

RN55-00619

91637

CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R

61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R171

RN55-23010

91637

RN55C3012F

30.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R172

RN55-31100

91637

RN55C1103F

110 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R173

RN55-12740

91637

RN55C2741F

2.74K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R174

RG03-00150

91637

FP215R0 5%

15 OHM 10% METAL GLAZE

R175

RN55-11500

91637

RN55C1501F

1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R176

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R177

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R178

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R179

RN55-22210

91637

RN55C2212F

22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R180

RN55-21500

91637

RN55C1502F

R181

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R182

RN55-14750

91637

RN55C4751F

4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R183

RN55-02490

91637

RN55C2490F

249 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R184

RN55-34750

91637

RN55C4753F

475 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R185

RN55-11000

91637

RN55C1001F

1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R186

RN55-12000

91637

RN55C2001F

2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R187

RN55-00100

91637

RN55C10R0F

R188

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

OHMS 1% MET FILM

R189

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R190

RK45-00576

59124

RN73K2A57R6F

57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R191

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R192

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R193

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R194

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R195

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R196

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R198

RN55-01000

91637

RN55C1000F

100 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R199

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

R200

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R201

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

K OHMS 1% MET FILM

R202

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R203

RW03-00390

91637

RS-2B-39-1

39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND

R204

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R205

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R206

RK45-03160

-----

RK73H2AT3160F

316 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R207

RK45-31470

-----

RK73H2AT1473F

147K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R208

RK45-21470

58900

RK45-21470

14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R209

RK45-22670

58900

RK45-22670

26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R210

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R212

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R213

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R214

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R215

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R216

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R217

RK45-31470

-----

RK73H2AT1473F

147K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R219

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R220

RK45-22670

58900

RK45-22670

26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R221

RK45-02870

-----

RK73H2AT2870F

287 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R222

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R223

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R224

RK45-02870

-----

RK73H2AT2870F

287 OHM 1% FILM SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-33

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-34

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R225

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R226

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R227

RK45-00576

59124

RN73K2A57R6F

57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R228

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R229

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R230

RK45-21470

58900

RK45-21470

14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R231

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R232

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R233

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R234

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R235

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R236

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R238

RK45-32490

58900

RK45-32490

249K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R240

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R241

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R242

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R243

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R244

RK45-00412

58900

RK45-00412

41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R245

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R246

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R247

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R248

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R249

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R250

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R251

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R252

RN55-00475

91637

RN55C47R5F

47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM

R253

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R254

RK45-23010

91637

CRCW08053012FT

30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R255

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R256

RK45-21000

-----

RK73H2AT1002F

10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R257

RK45-12400

-----

RK73H2AT2431F

2.4K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R258

RK45-04990

-----

RK73H2AT4990F

499 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R259

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R260

RK45-09530

-----

RK73H2AT9530F

953 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R261

RK45-09530

-----

RK73H2AT9530F

953 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R262

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R263

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R264

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R265

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R266

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R267

RK45-05490

-----

RK73H2AT5490F

549 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R268

RK45-01800

-----

RN73C2AT1800F

180 OHM 1% FILM SMT

R269

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R270

RK45-00196

59124

RN73K2A19R6F

19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

R271

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R272

RK45-11000

65940

MCR10EZFHFX1001

1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT

R273

RW03-00390

91637

RS-2B-39-1

39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND

R274

RW03-00390

91637

RS-2B-39-1

39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND

R275

RW03-00390

91637

RS-2B-39-1

39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND

RP1

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP2

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP3

RM9S-21001

58900

RM9S-21001

10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RT2

RTC2-21000

56866

QTMC-14

10 K OHM THERMISTOR

RT3

FSS0-00050

06090

RXE050

.5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER

RT4

FSS0-00050

06090

RXE050

.5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER

TP1

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP2

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP3

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP4

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP5

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP6

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP7

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP8

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP9

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP10

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP11

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP12

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP13

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP14

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP15

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP16

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP17

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP18

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP19

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP20

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP21

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP22

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP23

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP24

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP25

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP26

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP27

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP28

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP29

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP30

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP31

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP32

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP33

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-35

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

7-36

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

TP34

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP35

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP36

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

TP37

ETI0-10018

58900

ETI0-10018

BLACK TEST POINT

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

ULN0-00411

17856

DG411DJ

DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH

UFN0-03240

58900

UFN0-03240

CA3240E DUAL OP AMP

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

ULN0-00393

01295

LM393P

LM393N VOLT COMPARATOR

UVG0-00070

64155

LM199H

LM399H 7V PRECISION ZENER

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

ULN0-00411

17856

DG411DJ

DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH

UTN0-00322

01295

74HC32N

74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR

U10

UTN0-00082

01295

SN74HC08N

74HC08N QUAD AND

U11

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

U12

UFN0-05135

01295

OP-07/CP

HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP

U13

UIN0-07534

24355

AD7534JN

AD7534JN 14 BIT DAC

U14

UMN0-02444

60395

X2444P

X2444P 256 BIT NV RAM

U15

UTN0-00042

01295

SN74HC04N

74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT

U16

UFN1-00324

01295

LM324N

LM324AN QUAD OP AMP

U17

UID0-07245

24355

AD7245AAR

AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC

SMT

U18

UGN0-71055

4T165

UPD71055C

uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE

U19

UFN1-00324

01295

LM324N

LM324AN QUAD OP AMP

U20

UID0-07245

24355

AD7245AAR

AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC

U21

UGN0-71055

4T165

UPD71055C

uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE

U22

UID0-07891

24355

AD7891AP-2

AD7891AP-2 MUX/ADC SMT

U23

URD1-07805

04713

MC78L05ACD

MC78L05ACD .1A 5V REG

SMT

U24

UFD0-01007

64155

LT1007CS8

LT1007CS8 OP AMP

U25

UFD0-01356

64155

LT1356CS

LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT

U26

UFD0-00436

62839

CLC436AJE

CLC436AJE OP AMP

U27

UFD0-01007

64155

LT1007CS8

LT1007CS8 OP AMP

U28

ULD0-00613

17856

DG613DY

DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT

U29

UFD0-00426

62839

CLC426AJE

CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT

U31

ULD0-00409

17856

DG409DY

DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT

U32

ULD0-00613

17856

DG613DY

DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT

U33

URD1-07812

04713

MC78M12CDT

MC78M12CDT .5A 12V REG

U34

URD0-07912

01295

MC79L12ACD

MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT

U35

URD0-07812

04713

MC78L12ACD

MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT

U36

ULD0-00642

17856

DG642DY

DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT

U37

UID0-07245

24355

AD7245AAR

AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC

U38

UFN1-00358

01295

LM358AP

LM358AN DUAL OP AMP

U39

UFD0-00324

04713

LM324D

LM324D QUAD OP AMP SMT

U40

URD1-07912

01295

UA78M45CKTP

MC79M12CDT .5A -12V REG

U41

UTD0-00143

04713

MC74HCT14AD

74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT

SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

U44

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U45

UFD0-00111

62839

CLC111AJE

CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT

U46

UFD0-00111

62839

CLC111AJE

CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT

U47

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U48

UFD0-00426

62839

CLC426AJE

CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT

U52

UFD0-00428

62839

CLC428JE

CLC428AJE OP AMP

SMT

U53

UFD0-00428

62839

CLC428JE

CLC428AJE OP AMP

SMT

U54

UFD0-01356

64155

LT1356CS

LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT

U56

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U57

URD0-07905

04713

MC79M05CDT

MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT

U58

URD0-07805

04713

MC78M05CDT

MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM

U59

UFD0-00428

62839

CLC428JE

CLC428AJE OP AMP

U62

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U64

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U66

ULD0-00409

17856

DG409DY

DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT

SMT

U67

UFD0-01007

64155

LT1007CS8

LT1007CS8 OP AMP

U68

UFD0-00426

62839

CLC426AJE

CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT

U69

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U70

UFD0-00111

62839

CLC111AJE

CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT

U71

UFD0-01007

64155

LT1007CS8

LT1007CS8 OP AMP

U72

UFD0-00111

62839

CLC111AJE

CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT

U73

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U74

UFD0-00426

62839

CLC426AJE

CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT

U76

UFD0-01356

64155

LT1356CS

LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT

U78

UFD0-00428

62839

CLC428JE

CLC428AJE OP AMP

U81

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U82

URD0-07805

04713

MC78M05CDT

MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM

U83

URD0-07905

04713

MC79M05CDT

MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT

U86

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U88

ULD0-00643

17856

DG643DY

DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT

U90

ULD0-00642

17856

DG642DY

DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT

U91

UID0-01410

64155

LTC1410CS

LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT

U95

UFD0-01356

64155

LT1356CS

LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT

U96

UFD0-00436

62839

CLC436AJE

CLC436AJE OP AMP

U97

UID0-01410

64155

LTC1410CS

LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT

U99

ULD0-00642

17856

DG642DY

DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT

U100

ULD0-00642

17856

DG642DY

DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT

U102

URD0-07812

04713

MC78L12ACD

MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT

U103

URD0-07912

01295

MC79L12ACD

MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT

U104

30619

58900

30619

PROG GAL 854XC A2 U104

U105

30621

58900

30621

PROG GAL 854XC A2 U105

U106

30623

58900

30623

PROG GAL 854XC A2 U106

U107

UTD0-00742

01295

SN74HC74D

74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT

U108

UTD0-00742

01295

SN74HC74D

74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

SMT

7-37

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

30173

8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

U109

UTD0-00742

01295

SN74HC74D

74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT

U110

UTD0-40402

01295

74HC4040D

74HC4040D 12 BIT CT SMT

U111

30625

58900

30625

PROG EPROM 854XC A2 U111

U112

UGD0-09501

24355

AD9501JP

AD9501JP DELAY GEN SMT

U113

UTD0-00143

04713

MC74HCT14AD

74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT

JIA1-03230

58900

JIA1-03230

3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG

XW1

17240-001

27264

15-38-1024

JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS

21229

FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY, Rev. C (A3)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

21228

61964

21228

PCB,FR PNL

21230

REF

58900

21230

SCHEM, FRONT PANEL

JIA0-01443

58900

JIA0-01443

CONTACT POST

GFU0-00801

53387

4416-1/2" WHITE

1/2 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE

DS1

IML0-00100

28480

HDSP-4840

10 LED BAR GRAPH ARRAY

DS2

IML0-00100

28480

HDSP-4840

10 LED BAR GRAPH ARRAY

JIA0-01443

58900

JIA0-01443

CONTACT POST

LS1

ISP0-00001

72982

PKM11-4AO

PIEZO ALARM

RN55-02210

91637

RN55C2210F

221 OHMS 1% MET FILM

RN55-02210

91637

RN55C2210F

221 OHMS 1% MET FILM

RN55-21000

53387

RN 1/4 T2 10K 1%

10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM

RP1

RM9S-02200

91637

MSP10A01221G

220 OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

RP2

RM9S-02200

91637

MSP10A01221G

220 OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK

WJIM-07024

56501

FST-6 0.75 A-10

10 POSITION FLEX JUNPER

21240

7-38

LCD DISPLAY ASSY, Rev. B (A4)

Item

Part Number

Qty

Cage

Mfr’s Part Number

Description

30436

——-

30436

LCD CABLE ASSEMBLY

21216

58900

21216

DISPLAY,LCD

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists

7.3

List of Manufacturers
The names and addresses of manufacturers cited in the preceding parts lists are shown in Table 7-1.
Each manufacturer is listed under its CAGE number (COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT
ENTITY), as noted in the parts lists. In a few cases, no CAGE number has been assigned.
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

53387

Cage

3M Electronics Products Division

6801 River Pl. Blvd.

Austin

53387

ITWPAN

3M Electronics Products Division

309 E. Crossroads Prkwy.

Bolingbrook

-----

A&J

A&J Manufacturing Co. Inc.

11121 Hindry Ave.

Los Angeles

53387

APWELE

APW Electronic Solutions

14100 Danielson St.

Poway

53387

ARC

ARC Technology, Inc.

11 Chestnut St.

Amesbury

-----

ATP

ATP Technologies, Inc.

04222

AVX

AVX Ceramics

19th Ave. S.

Myrtle Beach

30161

AAVID

Aavid

1 Kool Path

Lacona

-----

ADVPWR

Advance Power, Inc.

11035 Switzer Ave.

Dallas

61638

ADVANC

Advanced Interconnections

5 Energy Wy.

West Warwick

34335

AMD

Advanced Micro Devices

910 Thompson Pl.

Sunnyvale

4U751

ADV/SE

Advanced Semiconductor, Inc.

7525 Ethel Ave., Unit G

North Hollywood

00656

AEROVO

Aerovox

740 Belleville Ave.

New Bedford

OH379

AEROWA

Aerowave Inc.

344 Salem St.

Medford

9Y422

AIR

Air Filtration Products Inc.

707 N. Main Ave.

Tucson

52750

ALAN

Alan Industries

745 Greenway Dr.

Columbus

56563

ALATEC

Alatec Products

21123 Nordhoff St.

Chatsworth

-----

ALCO

Alco Electronics Products Inc.

1551 Osgood St.

North Andover

0EUK7

ALLAME

All American Transistor Corp.

369 VanNess Wy.

Torrance

01121

ALLEN

Allen Bradley Co.

1201 S. Second St.

Milwaukee

-----

ALLIED

Allied Electronics, Inc.

2105 Lundy Ln.

San Jose

-----

ALLSWI

Allied Swiss Screw Products, Inc.

2636 Vista Pacific Dr.

Oceanside

-----

ALLSTR

Allstar Magnetics

-----

ALMAGU

Almaguer Precession Manufacturing

1240 Yard Ct., Bldg. J

San Jose

17540

ALPIND

Alpha Industries

20 Sylvan Rd.

Woburn

92194

ALPSEM

Alpha Semiconductor Inc.

1031 Serpentine Ln.

Pleasanton

92194

ALPHA

Alpha Wire Corp.

711 Lidgerwood Ave.

Elizabeth

67183

ALTERA

Altera Corp.

2610 Orchard Prkwy.

San Jose

06540

AMATOM

Amatom Div. of New Haven Mfg. Co

446 Blake St.

New Haven

99800

DELEVA

American Precision Ind. Delevan Div.

270 Quaker Rd.

East Aurora

1HY41

AMER R

American Relays Inc.

10306 Norwalk Blvd.

Sante Fe Springs

84411

AM SHI

American Shizuki Corp.

301 W. O St.

Ogallaia

-----

SKYNET

American Skynet Electronic

1474 Gladding Ct.

Milpitas

29990

ATC

American Technical Ceramics

1 Norden Ln.

Huntington Station

09769

AMP

Amp Inc.

2800 Fulling Rd.

Harrisburg

34553

AMPERE

Amperex Electronics Corp.

Hauppauge

74868

AMPHEN

Amphenol Corp.

Danbury

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

One Kennedy Ave.

7-39

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

ANALOG

Analog Devices, Inc.

1 Technology Wy.

Norwood

04ZM0

APPLIE

Applied Thin-Film Products

3439 Edison Wy.

Fremont

-----

ARCO

Arco Electronics

400 Moreland Rd.

Commack

1HYW5

ARDIN

Ardin Frequency Control, Inc.

150 Paularino Ave # 166

Costa Mesa

51167

ARIES

Aries Electronics Inc.

62 Trenton Ave.

Frenchtown

61529

AROMAT

Aromat Corp.

629 Central Ave.

New Providence

46467

AROW

Arow Fasteners Inc.

31012 Huntwood Ave.

Hayward

-----

ASSOCC

Associated Components Technology

11576 Trask Ave.

Garden Grove

4J995

ASSOCS

Associated Spring

401 E. Stadium Blvd.

Ann Arbor

24355

7-40

62277

ATLAS

Atlas Wire and Cable Corp.

133 S. Van Norman Rd.

Montebello

1FN41

ATMEL

Atmel

2325 Orchard Prkwy.

San Jose

91506

AUGAT

Augat Inc.

452 John Dietsch Blvd.

Attleboro Falls

24539

AVANTE

Avantek, Inc. (HP Components)

3175 Bowers Ave.

Santa Clara

65517

AYER

Ayer Engineering

1250 W. Roger Rd.

Tucson

21604

BRDE00
Brothers Electronics

438 S. Military Trail

Deerfield Beach

53387

BROTHE

1E584

BAY

Bay Associates

150 Jefferson Dr.

Menlo Park

52683

BAYTRO

Baytron Co. Inc.

344 Salem St.

Medford

13150

BEAU

Beau Interconnect

4 Aviation Dr.

Gilford

5Y491

BECKMA

Beckman Industrial

4141 Palm St.

Fullerton

16428

BELDEN

Belden Corp.

350 NW. ‘N’ St.

Richmond

55285

BERQUI

Berquist Co. Inc.

5300 Edina Industrial Blvd.

Minneapolis

0Y1C7

BIPOLA

Bipolarics Inc.

108 Albright Wy.

Los Gatos

32559

BIVAR

Bivar Inc.

4 Thomas St.

Irvine

71034

BLILEY

Bliley Electric Co.

2545 W. Grandview Blvd.

Erie

32997

BOURNS

Bourns Inc.

1200 Columbia Ave.

Riverside

57834

BRIM

Brim Electronics Inc.

120 Home Pl.

Lodi

21604

BUCKEY

Buckeye Stamping

555 Marion Rd.

Columbus

71218

BUD

Bud Industries

4605 E. 355th St.

Willoughby

09922

BURNDY

Burndy Corp.

1 Richards Ave.

Norwalk

13919

BURR B

Burr Brown Research Corp.

6730 S. Tucson Blvd.

Tucson

-----

BUSSMA

Bussmann Manufacturing

114 Old St. Rd.

St. Louis

0RF16

C&D

C&D Electronics

28 Appleton St.

Holyoke

09353

C&K

C&K Components

57 Stanley Ave.

Watertown

46381

CALRAD

California Radomes

364 Reed St.

Santa Clara

2150 Elmwood Ave.

Buffalo

48502 Kato Rd.

Fremont

53387

CAPLUG

Caplugs

53387

CENSEM

Central Semi

----

CLIPPR

Clipper

53387

COMPAS

Compass Components

53387

CPCLAI

CP Claire

71450

CTS

CTS Corp.

1201 Cumberland Ave.

West Lafayette

16733

CABLEW

Cablewave Systems Inc.

60 Dodge Ave.

North Haven

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

CALCHP

Cal Chip Electronics

59 Steamwhistle Dr.

Ivyland

56427

CALMIC

California Micro Devices

215 Topaz St.

Milpitas

0N0K0

CALOGI

Calogic Corp.

237 Whitney Pl.

Fremont

53387

CAPAX

Capax Technologies, Inc.

24842 Ave. Tibbitts

Valencia

65664

CATAMO

Catamount Manufacturing Inc.

158 Governor Dr.

Orange

2J873

CELERI

Celeritek Inc.

3236 Scot Blvd.

Santa Clara

51642

CENTRE

Centre Capacitor Inc.

2820 E. College Ave.

State College

56988

CENTRY

Century Spring Corp.

P.O. Box 15287, 222 E. 16th St.

Los Angeles

01963

CHERRY

Cherry Electrical Products

3600 Sunset Ave.

Waukegan

8W262

CHOMER

Chomerics Inc.

16 Flagstone Dr.

Hudson

52072

CIR AS

Circuit Assembly Corp.

18 Thomas St.

Irvine

-----

CIREXX

Cirexx Corp.

3391 Keller Street

Santa Clara

12697

CLAROS

Clarostat Sensors and Controls

12055 Rojas Dr., Ste. K

El Paso

-----

CODI/S

Codi Semiconductor

144 Market St.

Kenilworth

02113

COILCR

Coilcraft Inc.

1102 Silver Lake Rd.

Cary

0NFL0

COILTR

Coiltronics Inc.

6000 Park of Commerce Blvd.

Boca Raton

62839

COMLIN

Comlinear

4800 Wheaton Dr.

Fort Collins

-----

COMPAR

Compar Corp.

85 Spy Ct.

Markham, Ontario, Canada

55801

COMP D

Compensated Devices

166 Tremont St.

Melrose

0ABX4

COMPTE

Comptec International LTD

7837 Custer School Rd.

Custer

09CW5

18310

CONCOR

Concord Electronics Corp.

30 Great Jones St.

New York

08MU3

CONDUC

Conductive Rubber Technology, Inc.

22125 17th Ave.

Bothell

26923

CONTRO

Control Master Products

1062 Shary Cr.

Concord

05245

CORCOM

Corcom Inc.

1600 Winchester Rd.

Libertyville

14655

CORNEL

Cornell Dublier Electronics

1605 E. Rodney French Blvd.

New Bedford

14674

CORNIN

Corning Glass Works

Houghton Pk.

Corning

34808

CUSTCO

Custom Coils Inc.

109 S. Iowa St.

Alcester

65786

CYPRES

Cypress Semiconductor Corp.

3901 N. First St.

San Jose

-----

DCELEC

DC Electronics

1870 Little Orchard St.

San Jose

53387

DCSU00

DC Machine

220 Humboldt Crt.

Sunnyvale

53387

DIALAC

DialAct Corp.

45979 Warm Springs Blvd., Ste. 1

Fremont

57032

DADEN

Daden Associates Inc.

1001 Calle Amanacer

San Clemente

91637

DALE

Dale Electronics Inc.

1122 Twenty Third St.

Columbus

0B0A9

DALLAS

Dallas Semiconductor Corp.

6350 Beltwood Pkwy. S.

Dallas

-----

DATCIR

Data Circuits Systems, Inc.

50721

DATEL

Datel Inc.

11 Cabot Blvd.

Mansfield

34785

DEK

Dek Inc.

3480 Swenson Ave.

St. Charles

0JBU8

DELNET

Delnetics

521 Wilbur Ave.

Antioch

1JB33

DEXTER

Dexter Corp.

1 Dexter Dr.

Seabrook

83330

DIALIG

Dialight Corp.

1913 Atlantic Ave.

Manasquan

55153

DIEL L

Dielectric Laboratories

69 Albany St.

Cazenovia

18041

DIODEI

Diode Inc.

21243 Ventura Blvd.

Woodland Hills

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-41

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

7-42

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

0AX52

DITOM

Ditom Microwave Inc.

1180 Coleman Ave. #103

San Jose

05AJ8

DOW

Dow Corning Corp.

Wolverine Building

Midland

0JNR4

DUPONT

Dupont Electronics

825 Old Trail Rd.

Wilmington

2J899

DYNAWA

Dynawave Inc.

94 Searle St.

Georgetown

74970

EFJOHN

E. F. Johnson Co.

299 Johnson Ave.

Waseca

72825

EBY

EBY Co.

4300 H St.

Philadelphia

53387

ECMETL

EC Metal Plating

3005 Copper Rd.

Santa Clara

-----

EDT

2680 Walnut Ave., Unit C

Tustin

05820

WAKEFI

EG&G Wakefield Engineering

60 Audubon Rd.

Wakefield

-----

EL CAP

EL Cap

116 Depot Ave.

Elgin

2J899

EXCELF

Excelfab

1020 Morse Ave.

Sunnyvale

78553

EATON

Eaton Corp.

1060 W. 130th St.

Brunswick

0GUG6

ECLIPT

Ecliptek

18430 Bandilier Cr.

Fountain Valley

31781

EDAC

Edac Inc.

40 Tiffield Rd.

Scarborough, Ontario, Canada

91662

ELCO

Elco Corp.

801 Seventeenth Ave. S.

Myrtle Beach

-----

ELEFIL

Electro-Films Inc.

111 Gilbane St.

Warwick

-----

EE&I

Electronic Eyelet & Interconnect

911 Bern Ct.

San Jose

14604

ELMWOO

Elmwood Sensors Inc.

500 Narragansett Pk. Dr.

Pawtucket

64013

ELNA

Elna America, Inc.

5770 Warland Dr.

Cypress

0JMR7

EMERSO

Emerson & Cuming

61 Holton St.

Worburn

-----

ENVIRO

Enviro Tech International

P.O. Box 5052

Alameda

33246

EPOTEK

Epoxy Technology Inc.

14 Fortune Dr.

Billerica

0HAF7

EPSON

Epson America, Inc.

20770 Madrona Ave.

Torrance

72982

ERIE

Erie Technological

645 W. Eleventh St.

Erie

8B808

EVAPOR

Evaporated Coatings, Inc.

2365 Maryland Rd.

Willow Grove

65964

EVOX

Evox-Rifa Inc.

100 Tri-State International

Lincolnshire

52063

EXAR

Exar Integrated Systems

2222 Qume Dr.

San Jose

53387

FOSC00

Force Electronics

477 Gianni St.

Santa Clara

73734

FED SC

Federal Screw Products Inc.

3917 N. Kedzie Ave.

Chicago

1BH13

FENWAL

Fenwal Electronics Inc.

64 Fountain St.

Framingham

02114

FERROX

Ferroxcube/Division of Amperex

5083 Kings Hwy.

Saugerties

60204

FLECK

Fleck Co.

3410 A St. SE.

Auburn

61429

FOX

Fox Electronics Inc.

5570 Enterprise Prkwy.

Ft. Myers

26629

FREQ S

Frequency Sources, Inc.

15 Maple Rd.

Chelmsford

-----

FUJI P

Fujipoly

365 Carnegie Ave.

9Z397

FUJITS

Fujitsu Component of America

3320 Scott Blvd.

Santa Clara

0HFH6

FUTABA

Futaba Corp. of America

555 W. Victoria St.

Compton

14936

GENERA

General Instrument Corp.

10 Melville Pk. Rd.

Melville

0J9P9

GEROME

Gerome Manufacturing Co, Inc.

403 N. Main St.

Newburg

58900

GIGA

Giga-tronics Inc.

4650 Norris Canyon Rd.

San Ramon

3T059

GILWAY

Gilway Technical Lamps Inc.

800 W. Cummings Prk.

Woburn

1BX85

GLOBAL

Global Computer Supplies

2318 E. Del Amo Blvd., Dpt. 75

Compton

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

-----

GOLDEN

Golden Pacific Quality Products

23585 Connecticut St., #18

Hayward

95348

GORDOS

Gordos Corp.

1000 N. 2nd St.

Rogers

17217

GORE

Gore & Associates Inc., W.L.

1901 Barksdale Rd.

Newark

81073

GRAYHI

Grayhill Inc.

561 Hillgrove Ave.

La Grange

2R182

SMITH

H.H. Smith Co.

325 N. Illinois St.

Indianapolis

63542

HAMILT

Hamilton Hallmark

9Z740

HNL

HNL Inc.

3250 Victor St., Bldg C

Santa Clara

4F708

HAMMON

Hammond Manufacturing Co.

1690 Walden Dr.

Buffalo

2M881

HARRIS

Harris Semiconductor

883 Sterling Rd., Ste. 8120

Mountain View

67297

HEROTE

Herotek Inc.

222 N. Wolfe Rd.

Sunnyvale

28480

Hewlett Packard Co.

3000 Hanover St.

Palo Alto

28520

HEYCO

Heyco Molded Products

750 Blvd.

Kenilworth

0AG18

HIROSE

Hirose Electric

2688 W. Hills Ct.

Simi Valley

61485

HITACH

Hitachi Denshi America Ltd.

175 Crossways Prkwy. W.

Woodbury

-----

HITECH

Hitech Die Casting, Inc.

2245 S. Vasco Rd.

Livermore

-----

SUHNER

Hubner Suhner Ltd.

Tumbleinstrass 20

Pfaffikon, Switz

55536

HUNTER

Hunter Technology Corp.

3305 Kifer Rd.

Santa Clara

58558

ICS

ICS Electronics

473 Los Coches St.

Milpitas

32293

INTER

Interconnect System

2501 Mission St.

Santa Cruz

4J532

IOTECH

IOtech, Inc.

25971 Cannon Rd.

Cleveland

71468

ITT CA

ITT Cannon Electric

666 E. Dyer Rd.

Santa Anna

98291

ITT SE

ITT Cannon RF Products

585 E. Main St.

New Britain

05276

ITT PO

ITT Pomona Electronics

1500 E. Ninth St.

Pomona

31918

ITT SH

ITT Schadow Inc.

8081 Wallace Rd.

Eden Prarie

04426

ITW SW

ITW Switches

6615 W. Irving Pk. Rd.

Chicago

51705

ICO RL

Ico-Rally Corp.

2575 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto

0FY98

IDAHO

Idaho Circuit Technologies

401 E. 1st St.

Glenns Ferry

74840

ILLCAP

Illinois Ccpacitor Inc.

3757 W. Touhy Ave.

Lincolnwood

-----

INDUIM

Induim Corp. of America

1676 Lincoln Ave.

Utica

64671

INMET

Inmet Corp.

300 Dino Dr.

Ann Arbor

58202

INNOWA

Innowave Inc.

955/975 Benecia Ave.

Sunnyvale

9Z890

INTCIR

Integrated Circuit Systems

525 Race St.

San Jose

61772

IDT

Integrated Device Technology, Inc.

2975 Stender Wy.

Santa Clara

34649

INTEL

Intel Corp.

2200 Mission College Blvd.

Santa Clara

0RMV0

INTELL

Intelligent Instrumentation

6550 S. Bay Colony Dr., MS 130

Tucson

5J927

INT.TE

Interface Technology Inc.

300 S. Lemon Creek Dr.

Walnut

4S177

IMS

International Mfg Services

50 Schoolhouse Ln.

Portsmouth

59993

INT RE

International Rectifier

233 Kansas St.

El Segundo

32293

INTERS

Intersil Inc.

2450 Walsh Ave.

Santa Clara

-----

ITEM

Item

1249 Quarry Ln., Ste. 150

Pleasanton

-----

J&J

J&J Electronics Inc.

6 Faraday

Irvine

0K971

JAE

JAE Electronics

142 Technology Dr., Ste. 100

Irvine

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-43

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

7-44

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

91293

JOHANS

Johanson Mfg. Co.

400 Rockway Valley Rd.

Boonton

30035

JOLO I

Jolo Industries Inc.

13921 Nautilus Dr.

Garden Grove

05236

JONATH

Jonathan Manufacturing Co.

1101 S. Acacia Ave.

Fullerton

23499

JUDD

Judd Wire and Cable

870 Los Vallecitos Rd.

San Marcos

66126

KDI

KDI Precision Products

3975 McMann Rd.

Cincinnati

-----

KINKOS

KINKO’S

08EW3

KMW

KMW Inc.

9970 Bell Ranch Dr.

Santa Fe Springs

-----

KOA

KOA SPEER

6801 River Pl. Blvd.

Austin

59124

KOASPE

KOA Speer Electronics Inc.

Bolivar Dr.

Bradford

3M918

KANEMA

Kanematsu-Gosho USA, Inc.

3335 Hope St., Ste. 2800

Los Angeles

31433

KEMET

Kemet Electronics Corp.

2835 Kemet Wy.

Simpsonville

75263

KEYSTO

Keystone Carbon Co.

1935 State St.

St. Marys

91836

KING E

Kings Electronics

40 Marbledale Rd.

Tuckahoe

62331

KRYTAR

Krytar Inc.

1292 Anvilwood Ct.

Sunnyvale

2P953

LEMO

Lemo USA Inc.

8Z313

LMS

LMS Electronics

34101 Monroe Rd.

Charlotte

55261

LSI SY

LSI Computer Systems

1235 Walt Whitman Rd.

Melville

4J674

LEADER

Leader Tech

14100 McCormick Dr.

Tampa

24759

LENOX

Lenox-Fugal Electronics Inc.

1071 N. Grandview Ave.

Nogales

24759

LENXFU

Lenox-Fugle International, Inc.

P.O. Box 1448

Nogales

34333

LINFIN

LinFinity Microelectronics, Inc.

11861 Western Ave.

Garden Grove

64155

LIN TE

Linear Technology Corp.

1630 McCarthy Blvd.

Milpitas

75915

LITTLE

Littelfuse Tracor Inc.

800 E. Northwest Hwy.

Des Plaines

93459

LUCAS

Lucas Weinschel Inc.

5305 Spectrum Dr.

Frederick

0C7W7

MPULSE

M-Pulse Microwave

576 Charcot Ave.

San Jose

96341

M/A CO

M/A Com

1011 Pawtucket Blvd.

Lowell

53387

MICR00

Micro-Ohm Corpporation

1088 Hamilton Rd.

Duarte

53387

MILL-M

Mill-Max

190 Pine Hollow Rd.

2T737

MOUSER

Mouser Electronics

53387

MULTIF

Multiflex Inc.

282 Browkaw Rd.

Santa Clara

94696

MAGCRA

Magnecraft

1910 Techny Rd.

Northbrook

90201

MALLOR

Mallory Capacitor Co.

4760 Kentucky Ave.

Indianapolis

0H1N5

MARCON

Marcon America Corp.

998 Forest Edge Dr.

Vernon Hills

0UC32

MARKI

Marki Microwave

2320 B Walsh Ave.

Santa Clara

1ES66

MAXIM

Maxim Integrated Products

510 N. Pastoria Ave.

Sunnyvale

00136

MCCOY

McCoy/Oak Frequency Control Grp.

100 Watts St.

Mount Holly Springs

63058

MCKENZ

McKenzie Technology

44370 Old Warm Springs Blvd.

Fremont

3A054

MCMAST

McMaster-Carr Supply Co.

9630 Norwalk Blvd.

Santa Fe Springs

65249

MEMORY

Memory Protection Devices Inc.

320 Broad Hollow Rd.

Farmingdale

0D3V2

MENLO

Menlo Industries Inc.

44060 Old Warm Springs Blvd.

Fremont

12457

MERRIM

Merrimac Industries Inc.

41 Fairfield Pl.

West Caldwell

59365

METELI

Metelics Corp.

975 Stewart Dr.

Sunnyvale

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

0RN63

MICRLA

Micro Lambda, Inc.

4037 Clipper Ct.

Fremont

-----

MICROC

Micro-Chem Inc.

00929

MICROL

Microlab/FXR

10 Microlab Rd.

Livingston

54487

MICRNE

Micronetics

26 Hampshire Dr.

Hudson

0HFJ2

MICPLA

Microplastic Inc.

9180 Gazette Ave.

Chatsworth

54186

MICROP

Micropower Systems Inc.

48720 Kato Rd.

Fremont

14552

MICRSE

Microsemi Corp.

2830 S. Fairview St.

Santa Ana

66449

MICROS

Microsource Inc.

1269 Corporate Center Prkwy.

Santa Rosa

6Y341

MTI

Microwave Technology Inc.

4268 Solar Wy.

Fremont

34078

MIDWES

Midwest Microwave Inc.

6564 S. State Rd.

Saline

0S5P0

MILLWA

Milliwave Technology Corp.

6425-C Capital Ave.

Diamond Springs

15542

MINI C

Mini Circuits Laboratory

13 Neptune Ave.

Brooklyn

33592

MITEQ

Miteq Inc.

100 Davids Dr.

Huappauge

0D2A6

MITSUB

Mitsubishi Electronics Inc.

5665 Plaza Dr.

Cypress

27264

MOLEX

Molex, Inc.

2222 Wellington Ct.

Lisle

54331

MONITO

Monitor Products Co. Inc.

502 Via Del Monte

Oceanside

-----

MOTION

Motion Industries, Inc.

2705 Lafayette St.

Santa Clara

04713

MOT

Motorola Semiconductor Products

5005 E. McDowell Rd.

Phoenix

04713

MOTO

Motorola Semiconductor Products

5005 E. McDowell Rd.

Phoenix

0YP31

MULTIC

Multicore Solders

1751 Jay Ell Dr.

Richardson

72982

MURATA

Murata Erie N. America

645 W. 11th St.

Erie

4T165

NEC

NEC Electronics USA Inc.

401 Ellis Street

Mountain View

-----

NIC

0D1M6

NMB

NMB Technologies Inc.

9730 Independence Ave.

Chatsworth

7T184

NTE

NTE ELectronics

44 Farrand St.

Bloomfield

60583

NARDA

Narda Microwave Corp.

11040 White Rock Rd., Ste 200

Rancho Cordova

54516

NATCAB

National Cable Molding Co.

136 San Fernando Rd.

Los Angeles

58377

NATELE

National Electronics

11731 Markon Dr.

Garden Grove

64667

NATINS

National Instruments Corp.

6504 Bridge Point Prkwy.

Austin

27014

NATION

National Semiconductor Corp.

2900 Semiconductor Dr.

Santa Clara

04569

NATWIR

National Wire & Cable

136 San Fernando Rd.

Los Angeles

55680

NICHIC

Nichicon America Corp.

927 E. State Prkwy.

Schaumburg

-----

NIDEC

Nidec

152 Will Dr.

Canton

0LU72

NORITA

Noritake, Electronics Division

23820 Hawthorne Blvd. #100

Torrance

3K718

NOVATR

Nova-Tronix Inc.

4781 Patrick Henry Dr.

Santa Clara

65238

NOVACA

Novacap

25111 Anza Dr.

Valencia

26233

NYLOK

Nylok Fastener Corp.

1161 Sandhill Ave., Bldg. D

Carson

72259

NYTRON

Nytronics Inc.

475 Pk. Ave. S.

New York

5W060

OLANDE

Olander Co., Inc.

144 Commercial St.

Sunnyvale

61964

OMRON

Omron Electronics Inc.

1E Commerce

Schaumburg

12020

OVENAI

Ovenaire Division

100 Watts St.

Mount Holly Springs

63345

OVERLA

Overland Products Co.

1867 Airport Rd.

Fremont

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-45

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

7-46

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

61964

PHASE

PHASE II

0DJ29

PSELEC

0HS44

PAC MI

PSElect

520 Mercury Dr.

Sunnyvale

Pacific Millimeter

169 Linbrook Dr.

San Diego

55387

PAMTEC

Pamtech

4053 Calle Tesoro

Camarillo

61058

PANSON

Panasonic Industrial Division

2 Panasonic Wy.

Secaucus

06383

PANDUI

Panduit Corp.

17301 Ridgeland

Tinley Park

-----

PAPST

Papst Mechatronic Corp.

Aquidneck Industrial Pk.

Newport

53919

PASTER

Pasternack Enterprises

P.O. Box 16759

Irvine

-----

PEGASU

Pegasus Electronics, Inc.

2240 Lundy Ave.

San Jose

46384

PENN

Penn Engineering and Mfg Co.

5190 Old Easton Rd.

Danboro

-----

PERFOR

Performance Semiconductor Corp.

610 E. Weddell Dr.

Sunnyvale

3W023

PHILLI

Phillips Components

5083 Kings Hwy.

Saugerties

5Z179

PLANAR

Planar Systems Inc.

1400 NW. Compton Dr.

Beaverton

82199

POLARA

Polarad Electronics Inc.

5 Delaware Dr.

Lake Success

60046

POWDY

Power Dynamics, Inc.

59 Lakeside Ave.

West Orange

60393

PRECIS

Precision Resistive Products

202 Mack Ln.

Mediapolis

57177

PROMPT

Promptus Electronic Hardware

520 Homestead Ave.

Mount Vernon

53387

QRM

Quick Reponse Mfg. Inc.

793 Ames Ave.

Milpitas

1DN14

QUALCO

Qualcomm Inc.

6455 Lusk Blvd.

San Diego

56866

QTI

Quality Thermistor Inc.

2147 Centurion Pl.

Boise

-----

RFMICR

R.F. Micro Devices, Inc.

7625 Thorndike Rd.

Greensboro

55566

RAF EL

RAF Electronic Hardware

95 Silvermine Rd.

Seymour

53387

RICHO

Richo Inc.

5825 N Tripp Ave.

Chicago

53387

RLCU00

RLC Elect. C/O Dura

21710 Stevens Creek, Bldg. 240

Cupertino

0GP12

RADIAL

Radiall Inc.

150 Long Beach Blvd.

Stratford

0VUE0

RALTRO

Raltron Electronics Corportion

10651 NW. 19th St.

Miami

06090

RAYCHE

Raychem Corp.

300 Constitution Dr.

Menlo Park

06915

RICHCO

Richco Plastic Co.

5825 N. Tripp Ave.

Chicago

06776

ROBINS

Robinson Nugent Inc.

800 E. Eighth St.

New Albany

34576

ROCKWE

Rockwell International Corp.

4311 Jamboree Rd.

Newport Beach

4U402

ROEDER

Roederstein Electronics

2100 W. Front St.

Statesville

86797

ROGAN

Rogan Corp.

3455 Woodhead Dr.

Northbrook

65032

ROGERS

Rogers Corp.

100 N. Dobson Rd.

Chandler

65940

ROHM

Rohm Corp.

111 Pacifica

Irvine

82877

ROTRON

Rotron Inc.

7 Hasbrouck Ln.

Woodstock

98159

RUB-CR

Rubber Craft

15627 S. Broadway

Gardena

98159

RUB-TE

Rubber Teck

15627 S. Broadway

Gardena

0FB81

SMOS

S-MOS Systems Inc.

2460 N. First St.

San Jose

31586

SAFT

SAFT America Inc.

107 Beaver Ct.

Cockeysville

53387

SEI

SEI Electronics

P.O. Box 58789

Raleigh

66958

SGS

SGS Thompson Microelectronics

1000 E. Bell Rd.

Phoenix

53387

STMICR

ST Microelectronics

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Parts Lists
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage
53387

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

SYNSEM

Synergy Semiconductor

3250 Scott Blvd.

Santa Clara

07180

SAGE

Sage Laboratories Inc.

E. Natick Industrial Pk.

Natick

55322

SAMTEC

Samtec Inc.

810 Progress Blvd.

New Albany

96733

SAN FE

San Fernando Electric Mfg

1501 First St.

San Fernando

62559

SCHROF

Schroff Inc.

170 Commerce Dr.

Warwick

70561

SCITEQ

Sciteq Communications, Inc.

9990 Mesa Rim Rd.

San Diego

7U905

SEASTR

Seastrom Inc.

2351 Kentucky Ave.

Indianapolis

61394

SEEQ

Seeq Technology Inc.

47131 Bayside Prkwy.

Fremont

59270

SELCO

Selco Products

7580 Stage Rd.

Buena Park

55989

SEMICO

Semicon Inc.

8810 Frost Ave.

St. Louis

4W070

SHARP

Sharp Electronics Corp.

Sharp Plaza Blvd.

Memphis

0B549

SIEMEN

Siemens Components

10950 N. Tantau Ave.

Cupertino

1CY63

SMT

Sierra Microwave Technology Inc.

One Sierra Wy.

Georgetown

17856

SILICO

Siliconix Inc.

2201 Laurelwood Rd.

Santa Clara

5L401

SSI

Solid State, Inc.

46 Farrand St.

Bloomfield

95077

SOLITR

Solitron/Vector Microwave

3301 Electronics Wy.

West Palm Beach

66049

SWMICR

Southwest Microwave

2922 S. Roosevelt

Tempe

1W232

SPACEK

Spacek Labs

528 Santa Barbara St.

Santa Barbara

24931

SPECIA

Speciality Connector Co., Inc.

2100 Earlywood Dr.

Franklin

56289

SPRAGU

Sprague Electric Co.

68 Main St.

Sanford

51791

STATEK

Statek Corp

512 N. Main St.

Orange

0GAA9

STATIC

Static Control Components

330 Wicker St.

Sanford

0KA21

STETCO

Stetco Inc.

3344 Schierhorn Ct.

Franklin Park

57771

STIMPS

Stimpson Co.

900 Sylvan Ave.

Bayport

29005

STORM

Storm Products Co.

112 S. Glasglow Ave.

Inglewood

1U930

SUPER

Supertex

2231 Colby Ave.

Los Angeles

63155

SYNERG

Synergy Microwave Corp.

483 McLean Blvd.

Patterson

54583

TDK

TDK of America

12 Harbor Pk. Dr.

Port Washington

-----

TEMIC

2W053

TARGET

Target Electronics

715A Pastoria Ave.

Sunnyvale

3Z990

TECH P

Tech Pro Inc.

6243 E. US. Hwy. 98

Panama City

52814

TECH-E

Tech-Etch

45 Adlrin Rd.

Plymouth

00RB0

TECHNI

Techni-tool

1575 University Dr.

Tempe

15818

TELCOM

TelCom Semiconductor

1300 Terra Bella Ave.

Mountain View

11532

TELEDY

Teledyne Relays

12525 Daphne Ave.

Hawthorne

15915

EPRO

Tepro of Florida Inc.

2608 Enterprise Rd.

Clearwater

01295

Texas Instruments

8505 Forrest Ln.

Dallas

13103

THRMLL

Thermalloy Co, Inc.

2021 W. Valley View Ln.

Dallas

58090

THERMO

Thermometrics

808 US. Hwy. #1

Edison

56501

T&B

Thomas & Betts Corp.

1555 Lynnfield Rd.

Memphis

0HHH5

THUNDE

Thunderline Z, Inc.

11 Hazel Dr.

Hampstead

OB3G8

TOKIN

Tokin America Inc.

2261 Fortune Dr.

San Jose

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

7-47

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage

Supplier

Name

Address

City

State

TOPAZ

Topaz Inc.

1660 Scenic Ave.

Costa Mesa

61802

TOSHIB

Toshiba International

13131 W. Little York Rd.

Houston

82152

TRANSC

Transco Products Inc.

200 W. Los Angeles Ave.

Simi Valley

59660

TUSONI

Tusonix Inc.

7741 N. Business Pk. Dr.

Tucson

53421

TYTON

Tyton Corp.

7930 N. Faulkner Rd.

Milwaukee

06049

7-48

53387

UNITED

United Mfg. Assy.

42680 Christy St.

Fremont

0TAZ2

UNION

Union Carbide

39 Old Ridgebury Rd.

Danbury

62643

UNCHEM

United Chemicon Inc.

9806 Higgins St.

Rosemont

52847

USCRYS

United States Crystal Corp.

3605 McCart St.

Fort Worth

3S125

UNITRO

Unitrode Corp.

5 Forbes Rd.

Lexington

95275

VISION

Vision Electronics

1175 Spring Ctr. S BLVB

Altamont Springs

53387

VPR

27802

VECTRO

Vectron Laboratories, Inc.

166 Gover Ave.

Norwalk

95275

VITRAM

Vitramon Inc.

10 Rte. 25

Monroe

18736

VOLTRO

Voltronics Corp.

100-10 Ford St.

Denville

53387

WARDBA

Ward Bagby

1360 Piper Dr.

Milpitas

66579

WAFER

WaferScale Integration

47280 Kato Rd.

Fremont

00443

WAVELI

Waveline Inc.

160 Passaic Ave.

Fairfield

0AN50

WESTEC

Westec Plastics Corp.

2044 Concourse Dr.

San Jose

52840

WEST.D

Western Digital Corp.

3128 Red Hill Ave.

Costa Mesa

16453

WEST/M

Western Microwave Inc.

495 Mercury Dr.

Sunnyvale

20944

WILTRO

Wiltron Co.

685 Jarvis Dr., Ste. F

Morgan Hill

68919

WIMA

Wima (Intertechnical Group)

2269 Saw Mill River Rd.

Elmsford

60395

XICOR

Xicor Inc.

1151 Buckeye Dr.

Milpitas

68994

XILINX

Xilinx Inc.

2100 Logic Dr.

San Jose

58758

ZAMBRE

Zambre Co.

2134M Old Middlefield Wy.

Mountain View

79963

ZIERIC

Zierick Manufacturing Co.

Radio Cr.

Mt. Kisco

-----

ZOLTAR

Zoltar Engineering, LLC

32 Galli Dr., Ste. A

Novato

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

8
Diagrams
8.1

Introduction
Diagrams for the following assemblies and circuits are included in this chapter:
Reference
Designation

8.2

No. of
Sheets

Drawing
Number

Rev.
Level

Page
Number

8540C Series Power Meter

30161

8-3

8542C Chassis Assembly

30172

8-5

8540C CPU PCB Assembly

21693

8-8

8540C CPU Circuit Schematic

21694

8-9

8540C Analog PCB Assembly

30173

8-12

8540C Analog Circuit Schematic (6
sheets)

30165

8-14

Front Panel PCB Assembly

21229

8-20

Front Panel Circuit Schematic

21230

8-21

Option 06
2nd Analog
Output

System Schematic
PCB Assembly
Circuit Schematic

1
1
1

30535
21387
21388

B
B
A

8-22
8-23
8-24

Option 11 Time
Gating
Measurement

System Schematic
PCB Assembly
Circuit Schematic

1
1
1

30485
30442
30443

B
B
B

8-25
8-26
8-27

Description

Applicability
The component assemblies and circuit schematics in this chapter (except Option 06) are valid for both
Model 8541C and Model 8542C. The 8541C has only one channel, therefore all references to
Channel B in the assembly and circuit diagrams pertain only to the 8542C.
Parts lists for all assemblies are contained in Chapter 7. Parts lists for options are in Appendix C.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

8-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

Special 11" x 17" landscape Diagrams/Schematics
follow continuing Chapter 8 of the Series 8540C manual.

8-2

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

A
Typical Applications Programs
A.1

Continuous Data Reading
OUTPUT 713;TR3

! set freerun mode

ENTER 713;Reading
PRINT Reading
GO TO MAIN

! make reading

Main:

A.2

Remote Calibration of a Sensor
OUTPUT 713;PR
CH 1 EN
OUTPUT 713;LG
OUTPUT 713;AP
Main:

! preset the instrument to a known state
! selects line 1 for subsequent settings
! set Log units (dB or dBm)
! Measure sensor A
! start of measurement loop
! Trigger full measurement with settling
! Read the data over the bus into variable N

OUTPUT 713;TR2
ENTER 713;Reading
PRINT Reading
GO TO Main
Calibrate
! calibration routine
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ! setup serial poll interrupt jump location
ENABLE INTR 7;2
! enable SRQ interrupts
OUTPUT 713;*SRE002
! set service request mask to 2
OUTPUT 713;CS
! clear status byte
OUTPUT 713;CLEN
! start calibration
Flag=0
! reset control flag
WHILE Flag=0
! wait while calibrating
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt:
! SRQ interrupts jump here
IF BIT(State, 1) THEN
PRINT GOOD CAL
ELSE
IF BIT(State, #) THEN
PRINT BAD CAL
ENDIF
ENDIF
OUTPUT 713;CS
! clear status byte
Flag=1
! set control flag true
RETURN

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

A-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

A.3

Speed Tests: Normal and Swift
CSUB
11
12
20
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
40
60
61
70
71
80
90
100
110
111
112
113
114
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
181
190
200
210
211
212
220
221
223
230
240
250
251
260
270
280
290
300
310
320

A-2

PROG 494 RE-STORE WSPEED
! SPEED TESTS FOR THE GIGA-TRONICS 8542C
! 9/1/00
Giga-tronics=713
DIM A(100) ,B(100)
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OC1
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AE FM0 EN
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU GIGA-TRONICS 8542 SPEED TESTS
WAIT 1
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU UN-PLUG B SENSOR
PRINT
PRINT GIGA-TRONICS 8542 SPEED TESTS
PRINT CONNECT A SENSOR ONLY. NO B SENSOR
PRINT PRESS RETURN WHEN READY
INPUT A$
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DE
!
PRINT
PRINT NORMAL TR3 TRIGGER MODE SINGLE CHANNEL
GOSUB Timeloop1
!
PRINT
PRINT NORMAL TR2 TRIGGER MODE SINGLE CHANNEL
GOSUB Timeloop4
!
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN
WAIT 1
PRINT
PRINT SWIFT MODE SINGLE CHANNEL
GOSUB Timeloop2
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
!
PRINT
PRINT END OF SINGLE CHANNEL MODE
PRINT CONNECT B SENSOR FOR NEXT SET OF TESTS
PRINT PRESS RETURN WHEN READY
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU CONNECT B SENSOR
INPUT A$
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DE
!
PRINT
PRINT NORMAL TR3 TRIGGER MODE TWO CHANNELS
GOSUB Timeloop3
!
PRINT
PRINT SWIFT MODE DUAL CHANNEL
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN
WAIT 1
GOSUB Timeloop2
PRINT
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
[continued...]

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Typical Applications Programs
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400
410
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
520
530
540
550
560
570
580
590
600
610
620
630
640
650
660
670
680
690
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
709
710
711
712
713
714

PRINT END OF TESTS
STOP
!
Timeloop1:! SINGLE CHANNEL MEASUREMENTS
T1=TIMEDATE
FOR I=1 TO 100
ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I)
!
PRINT A(I)
NEXT I
T2=TIMEDATE
PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND
!
FOR I=1 TO 100
!
PRINT A(I)
!
NEXT I
!
PRINT
RETURN
!
Timeloop2:! TWO CHANNELS IN SWIFT MODE
T1=TIMEDATE
FOR I=1 TO 100
ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I),B(I)
NEXT I
T2=TIMEDATE
PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND FOR BOTH CHANNELS
RETURN
!
Timeloop3:!
T1=TIMEDATE
FOR I=1 TO 100
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AP
ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I)
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;BP
ENTER Giga-tronics;B(I)
NEXT I
T2=TIMEDATE
PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND BOTH CHANNELS
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AP
RETURN
!
Timeloop4:!
T1=TIMEDATE
FOR I=1 TO 100
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;TR2
ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I)
NEXT I
T2=TIMEDATE
PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND SINGLE CHANNEL
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;TR3
RETURN
END

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

A-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

A.4

Swift Demo 1: FREERUN
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
110
120
130
140
145
150
151
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
300

A-4

! RE-STORE SWIFT
!
! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C SWIFT MODE
!
! 9/1/00
!
Giga-tronics=713
N=100
OPTION BASE 1
REAL Nums(100)
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN
WAIT .5
WINDOW 1 ,N,-70,20
Mainloop
FOR I=1 TO N
ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(I)
NEXT I
GCLEAR
PEN 2
GRID 10,10
PEN 1
MOVE 1 ,Nums(I)
FOR I=1 TO N
DRAW I ,Nums (I)
NEXT I
GOTO Mainloop
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
END

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Typical Applications Programs

A.5

Swift Demo 2: GET
10
20
40
50
60
70
80
90
110
120
130
140
145
150
151
160
161
170
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
300

! RE-STORE SWIFT
! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C SWIFT MODE
!
! 9/1/00
!
Giga-tronics=713
N=100
OPTION BASE 1
REAL Nums(100)
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT GET;N
WAIT .5
WINDOW 1,N-70,20
Mainloop
FOR I=1 TO N
TRIGGER Giga-tronics
NEXT I
ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*)
GCLEAR
PEN 2
GRID 10,10
PEN 1
MOVE 1,Nums(1)
FOR I=1 TO N
DRAW I,Nums(I)
NEXT I
GOTO Mainloop
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
END

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

A-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

A.6

Fast Buffered Demo: POST GET
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
110
120
130
140
145
150
152
160
170
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
300

A-6

! RE-STORE FAST BUFFERED
!
! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C FAST BUFFERED MODE
!
! 9/1/00
!
Giga-tronics=713
N=100
OPTION BASE 1
REAL Nums(100)
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF POST GET BUFFER;N
WAIT .5
WINDOW 1,N,-70,20
Mainloop
Wait .05
TRIGGER Giga-tronics
ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*)
GCLEAR
PEN 2
GRID 10,10
PEN 1
MOVE 1,Nums(1)
FOR I=1 TO N
DRAW I,Nums(I)
NEXT I
GOTO Mainloop
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF OFF
END

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Typical Applications Programs

A.7

Fast Buffered Demo: POST TTL
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
110
120
130
140
145
150
170
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
300

! RE-STORE FAST BUFFERED
!
! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C FAST BUFFERED MODE WITH TTL TRIGGER
!
! 9/1/00
!
Giga-tronics=713
N=200
OPTION BASE 1
REAL Nums(200)
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF POST TTL BUFFER;N
WAIT .5
WINDOW 1,N,-70,20
Mainloop
ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*)
! waits here until TTL trigger happens
GCLEAR
PEN 2
GRID N/10,10
PEN 1
MOVE 1,Nums(1)
FOR I=1 TO N
DRAW I,Nums(I)
NEXT I
GOTO Mainloop
END

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

A-7

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

A-8

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

B
Power Sensors
B.1

Introduction
This appendix contains the selection, specifications and calibration data for the Giga-tronics power
sensors used with the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. This appendix is divided into:
Power Sensor Selection
•
•
•
•

Modulation Power Sensors
Modulation Sensor Specifications
Peak Power Sensors
Directional Bridges

Power Sensor Calibration
•
•

Local Calibration
Remote Calibration

All Giga-tronics power sensors contain balanced zero-biased Schottky diodes for power sensing.

CAUTION
Input power in excess of +23 dBm (200 mW, which is the 100%
average for standard and pulse sensors) can degrade or destroy
these diodes. Diodes degraded or destroyed in this manner will
not be replaced under warranty. Destructive signal levels are
higher for high power, true rms, and low VSWR sensors. When
connecting power sensors to other devices, do not turn the body
of the sensor in order to tighten the RF connection. This can damage the connector mating surfaces.

B.2

Power Sensor Selection
Standard 80300A Series Sensor measure CW signals from -70 to +20 dBm; the 80400 Series Sensors
measure modulated or CW signals from -67 to +20 dBm; the 80601A Series Sensors measure modulated
or CW signals from -67 to +20 dBm. The 8540C Series Universal Power Meters also use Peak Power
Sensors for measuring radar and digital modulation signals.
Giga-tronics True RMS sensors are recommended for applications such as measuring quadrature
modulated signals, multi-tone receiver intermodulation distortion power, noise power, or the
compression power of an amplifier. These sensors include a pad to attenuate the signal to the RMS
region of the diode’s response. This corresponds to the -70 dBm to -20 dBm linear operating region of
Standard CW Sensors. The pad improves the input VSWR to <1.15 at 18 GHz.
High Power (1, 5, 25, and 50 Watt) and Low VSWR sensors are also available for use with the 8540C
Power Meters. Table B-1 lists the Giga-tronics power sensors used with the 8540C. Refer to applicable
notes on page B-4. See Figures B-1 or B-2 for modulation-induced measurement uncertainty.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

B-1

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

B.2.1

Modulation Power Sensors
Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide

Model

Freq. Range/
Power Range

Max.
Power

Power Linearity4
(Freq >8 GHz)

RF
Conn

Length

Dia.

Wgt

VSWR

114.5 mm
(5.39 in)

32 mm
(1.62 in)

0.23 kg
(0.4 lb)

1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1:29:12.4 - 18 GHz

114.5mm
(4.5 in)

32 mm
(1.25 in)

0.18 kg
(0.4 lb)

1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.29:12.4 - 18 GHz

Modulation Sensors

80601A9

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-67 to +20 dBm, CW
-60 to +20 dBm, Modulation

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

-67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

Type N(m)
50Ω

80401A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-67 to +20 dBm, CW
-60 to +20, dBm, Modulation

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

-67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm: ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

Type N(m)
50Ω

80402A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-67 to +20 dBm, CW
-60 to +20,dBm, Modulation

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

-67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

80410A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-64 to +26 dBm, CW
-57 to +26, dBm, Modulation

+29 dBm
(800 mW)

-60 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 26 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

80420A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-60 to +30 dBm, CW
-53 to +30 dBm, Modulation

+30 dBm
(1 W)

-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +30 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

80421A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-50 to +37 dBm, CW
-43 to +37 dBm, Modulation

+37 dBm
(5 W)

-47 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB
0 to +37 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

80422A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +44 dBm, CW
-33 to +44 dBm, Modulation

+44 dBm
(25 W)

-37 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +44 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

APC-7
50Ω

Type
K(m)1
50Ω

1.13:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.16:2 - 12 GHz
1.23:12 - 18 GHz
127 mm
(5.0 in)

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +47 dBm, CW
-33 to +47 dBm, Modulation

+47 dBm
(50 W)

0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)
1.11:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.12:2 - 12 GHz
1.18:12 - 18 GHz

150 mm
(5.9 in)

32 mm
(1.25 in)

0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)

1.20:0.011 - 6 GHz
1.25:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.35:12.4 - 18 GHz

1.20:0.01 - 6 GHz
1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.40:12.4 - 18 GHz

Type N(m)
50Ω
230 mm
(9.0 in)

80425A

32 mm
(1.25 in)

104 mm
(4.1 in)

0.3 kg
(0.6 lb)

-34 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +47 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

1.25:0.01 - 6 GHz
1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.45:12.4 - 18 GHz

Standard CW Sensors

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-70 to +20 dBm

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

80302A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-70 to +20 dBm

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

80303A

10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-70 to +20 dBm

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

80301A

80304A

10 MHz to 40 GHz
-70 to 0 dBm

+23 dBm
(200 mW)

-70 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

-70 to +20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10dB
-70 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to 0 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10 dB

Type N(m)
50Ω

1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.29:12.4 - 18 GHz

APC-7
50Ω
114.5 mm
(4.5 in)

32 mm
(1.25 in)

0.18 kg
(0.4 lb)
1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.38:12.4 - 18 GHz
1.43:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz

Type
K(m)1
50Ω

Low VSWR CW Sensors

B-2

80310A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-64 to +26 dBm

80313A

10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-64 to +26 dBm

80314A

10 MHz to 40 GHz
-64 to +6 dBm

-64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 26 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

+29 dBm
(800 mW)

-64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 26 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10 dB

Type
K(m)1
50Ω

127mm
(5.0 in)

32 mm
(1.25 in)

0.23 kg
(0.5lb)

1.13:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.15:2 - 12 GHz
1.23:12 - 18 GHz
1.29:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.50:26.5 - 40 GHz

-64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 6 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10 dB

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Power Sensors
Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide (Continued)

Model

Freq. Range/
Power Range

Power Linearity4
(Freq >8 GHz)

Max.
Power

RF
Conn

Length

Dia.

Wgt

VSWR

127 mm
(5.0 in)

32 mm
(1.25 in)

0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)

1.11:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.12:2 - 12 GHz
1.18:12 - 18 GHz
1.22:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.36:26.5 - 40 GHz

150 mm
(5.9 in)

32 mm
(1.25 in)

0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)

1.20:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.25:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.35:12.4 - 18 GHz

230 mm
(9.0 in)

104 mm
(4.1 in)

0.3 kg
(0.6 lb)

1.20:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.40:12.4 - 18 GHz

230mm
(9.0 in)

104 mm
(4.1 in)

0.3 kg
(0.6 lb)

1.25:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.45:12.4 - 18 GHz

32 mm
1.25 in)

0.27 kg
(0.6 lb)

1.12:0.01 - 12 GHz
1.15:12 - 18 GHz
1.18:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.29:26.5 - 40 GHz

1W CW Sensors

-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +30 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

80320A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-60 to +30 dBm

80323A

10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-60 to +30 dBm

80324A

10 MHz to 40 GHz
-60 to +10 dBm

-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +30 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10 dB

+30 dBm
(1 W)

Type
K(m)1
50Ω

-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +10 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10 dB

5W CW Sensor2

80321A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-50 to +37 dBm

-50 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB
0 to +37 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

+37 dBm
(5 W)

Type N(m)
50Ω

25W CW Sensor3

80322A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +44 dBm

-40 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +44 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

+44 dBm
(25 W)

Type N(m)
50Ω

50W CW Sensor3

80325A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +47 dBm

-40 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +47 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB

+47 dBm
(50 W)

Type N(m)
50Ω

True RMS Sensors (-30 to +20 dBm)

80330A
80333A
80334A

10 MHz to 18 GHz
10 MHZ to 26.5 GHz
10 MHz to 40 GHz

+33 dBm
(2 W)

-30 to +20 dBm ±0.00 dB

Type
K(m)1
50Ω

152.5 mm
(6.0 in)

80340 Series Peak Power Sensors (-30 to +20 dBm)

80340A

50 MHz to 18 GHz

80343A
80344A

50MHz to 26.5
to 40 GHz

-30 to -20 dBm ±0.13 dB
0 to +20 dBm

Type
N(m)1
50Ω

0 to +20 dBm ±0.13 dB
±0.01 dB/dB

Type
K(m)1
50Ω

+23 dBm
(200 mW)
50 MHz

1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.37:12.4 - 18 GHz
146 mm
(5.75 in)

37 mm
(1.44 in)

0.3 kg
(0.6lb)
1.50:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz

Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

The K connector is electrically and mechanically compatible with the APC-3.5 and SMA connectors.
Power coefficient equals <0.01 dB/Watt.
Power coefficient equals <0.015 dB/Watt.
For frequencies above 8 GHz, add power linearity to system linearity.
Peak operating range above CW maximum range is limited to <10% duty cycle.
Includes uncertainty of reference standard and transfer uncertainty. Directly traceable to NIST.
Square root of sum of the individual uncertainties squared (RSS).
Cal Factor numbers allow for 3% repeatability when connecting attenuator to sensor, and 3% for attenuator measurement
uncertainty and mismatch of sensor/pad combination. Attentuator frequency response is added to the Sensor Cal Factors
which are stored in he sensor’s EEPROM.
The Model 80601 is compatible with the 8541C and 8542C, and later configurations.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

B-3

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

Table B-2: Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties
Freq.
(GHz)

Sum of Uncertainties (%)6

Probable Uncertainties (%)7

Lower

Upper

80301A
80302A
80340
80401A
80402A
80601A9

80303A
80304A
80343
80344

80310A
80313A
80314A

80320A
80323A
80324A

80321A8
80322A8
80325A8

80330A
80333A
80334A

80301A
80302A
80340
80401A
80402A
80601A9

80303A
80304A
80343
80344

80310A
80313A
80314A

80320A
80323A
80324A

80321A8
80322A8
80325A8

80330A
80333A
80334A

0.1

1.61

3.06

2.98

2.96

7.61

2.95

1.04

1.64

1.58

4.54

1.58

1.95

3.51

3.58

3.57

7.95

3.55

1.20

1.73

4.67

1.73

2.44

4.42

4.33

4.29

8.44

4.27

1.33

1.93

1.91

4.89

1.90

2.67

4.74

4.67

4.63

8.67

4.60

1.41

2.03

2.02

5.01

2.01

2.86

4.94

4.87

4.82

8.86

4.80

1.52

2.08

2.07

5.12

2.06

12.4

3.59

6.04

5.95

5.90

9.59

5.87

1.92

2.55

2.54

2.53

5.56

2.53

12.4

4.09

6.86

6.76

6.69

10.09

6.64

2.11

2.83

2.80

2.79

5.89

2.78

26.5

——

9.27

9.43

9.28

——

9.21

——

3.63

3.68

3.62

——

3.59

26.5

——

15.19

14.20

13.86

——

13.66

——

6.05

5.54

5.39

——

5.30

Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

B-4

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

Power Sensors

B.2.2

Modulation Sensor Specifications
Table B-3: 804XXA Modulation Sensor Specifications
Sensor Measurement Capabilities
Signal Type

Test Conditions

Typical
Error1

-67 to +20 dBm

none

Single Carrier
with AM

Power level -60 to +20 dBm, fm ≤ 40 kHz,
Power level -60 to -20 dBm, fm ≥ 40 kHz,
Power level -20 to +20 dBm, fm > 40 kHz

none
none
see note2

Two-Tone

Power level -60 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation <40 kHz
Power level -60 to -20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz
Power level -20 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz

none
none
see note2

Multi-Carrier

Power level -60 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation <40 kHz, ten carriers
Power level -60 to -20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz, ten carriers
Power level -30 to +10 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz, ten carriers

none
none
see note2

Pulse Modulation

MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs
BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs
BAP mode, power level -40 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs

none
see note2
none
see note2,3

Burst with
Modulation

MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≥ 40 kHz
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs
BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz
BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≥ 40 kHz
BAP mode, power level -40 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz

none
see note2
see note2
none
see note2,3
see note2,3

Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Error is in addition to sensor linearity and zero set accuracy.
See Figure B-1 or B-2 for modulation-related uncertainty.
The BAP mode does not function at input levels below -40 dBm.
The power levels quoted in the table are for Model 80401A. For other modulation sensors, add the values listed below to all
power levels shown Table B-3:
For Model 80410A, add 6 dB.
For Model 80420A, add 10 dB.
For Model 80421A, add 20 dB.
For Model 80422A, add 30 dB.
For Model 80425A, add 33 dB.

Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000

B-5

Series 8540C Universal Power Meters

MODULATION-INDUCED MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY FOR THE 80401A SENSOR

MAXIMUM ERROR IN MODULATED AVERAGE
MODE WITH TWO TONE MODULATION

NOTE
These curves are also representative
of other 804XX modulation sensors,
which differ only in range.

Error (dB)

Pin > -10 dBm
1

-20 dBm -10 dBm
1

-20 dBm
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF
File Type Extension : pdf
MIME Type : application/pdf
PDF Version : 1.6
Linearized : Yes
Page Mode : UseOutlines
XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39
Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows
Keywords : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C)
Create Date : 2001:02:09 10:18:27Z
Modify Date : 2012:10:25 14:07:10-07:00
Metadata Date : 2012:10:25 14:07:10-07:00
Creator Tool : FrameMaker 5.5.6p145
Format : application/pdf
Creator : Giga-tronics
Title : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C)
Description : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C)
Subject : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C)
Document ID : uuid:0d4bd1ab-10db-44b8-801c-763c2d0c15c3
Instance ID : uuid:5db3ba93-7ed4-4b5e-b547-059953e74ba1
Has XFA : No
Page Count : 265
Author : Giga-tronics

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Giga Tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation And Maintenance Manual ( 8541C 8542C) GIGAT_8542C GIGAT 8542C

G_8542B G_8542B

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation